Motorola MTX 2000, MTX 838, MTX 8000, MTX 9000 Service Manual

Page 1
HT 1000™, JT 1000®, MT 2000
, MTS 2000™,
and MTX Series
Service Manual
®
Portable Radios
Page 2
Page 3
HT 1000™, JT 1000®, MT 2000™,
MTS 2000
, and MTX Series
Handie-Talkie® Portable Radios
Service Manual
MOTOROLA, the Stylized M logo, Handie-Talkie, Private-Line, Digital Private-Line, FLASHport, HearClear , HT 1000, JT 1000 , MT 200 0, MTS 2000, M TX 2000, MT X 838, MTX 80 00, and MT X 9000 a re registered in the US Patent & Trademark Office. All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners.
© 2003, 2001, 1998 by Motorola, Inc. Commercial, Government and Industrial Solutions Sector 8000 W. Sunrise Boulevard Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33322 Printed in U.S.A. 7/03. All Rights Reserved.
6881200C75-B
Safety 1
Page 4
Foreword
The information contained in this manual relates to all HT 1000™, JT1000®, MT 2000™, MTS 2000™, and MTX Series Handie-Talkie service shop technicians to troubleshoot and repair the portable radio to the component level.
For details on th e operation of the ra dio or lev el 1 or 2 m ain ten anc e proc ed ures , re fer to the applicable manuals, which are available separately. A list of related publications is provided in the section, “Related Publications Available Separately” on page vii.
®
portable radios, unless otherwise specified. This manual provides sufficient information to enable qualified
Product Safety and RF Exposure Compliance
Before using this product, read the operating instructions
!
C a u t i o n
for safe usage contained in the Product Safety and RF Exposure booklet enclosed with your radio.
ATTENTION!
This radio is restricted to occupational use only to satisfy FCC RF energy exposure requirements. Before using this product, read the RF energy awa reness information a nd operating instruction s in the Product Safety and RF Exposure booklet enclosed with your radio (Motorola Publication part number 6881095C98) to ensure compliance with RF energy exposure limits.
For a list of Motorola-approved antennas, batteries, and other accessories, visit the following web site which lists approved accessories: <http://www.motorola.com/cgiss/index.shtml>
Manual Revisions
Changes which occur af te r this man ual is pri nte d are de sc ribe d in FM R s (Fl orid a Ma nua l Revi sions). These FMRs provide complete replacemen t page s for all adde d, chang ed, and dele ted items, in cludi ng pertine nt par t s list dat a, sc hematics , and component layout diagrams. To obtain FMRs, contact the Radio Parts Services Division (refer to “Replacement Parts Ordering” on page 115).
Computer Software Copyrights
The Motorola products described in this manual may include copyrighted Motorola computer programs stored in semiconductor memories or other media. Laws in the United States and other countries preserve for Motorola certain exclusive rights for copyrighte d compu ter program s, includi ng, but not limited to, the exclus ive rig ht to copy or reprodu ce in any form the copyrighted computer program. Accordingly, any copyrighted Motorola computer programs contained in the Motorola products described i n t his m an ual m ay not be copied, repro duc ed , m od ifi ed, rev ers e-e ngi nee red , or distributed in any manner without the express written permission of Motorola. Furthermore, the purchase of Motorola products shall not be deemed to grant either directly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any license under the copyrights, patents or patent applications of Motorola, except for the normal non-exclusive license to use that arises by operation of law in the sale of a product.
Document Copyrights
No duplication or distrib ution of this document or any portion thereof sha ll take pl ace witho ut the express w ritten permis sion of Motorola. No part of this manual may be reproduced, distributed, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, for any purpose without the express written permission of Motorola.
Disclaimer
The information in thi s d ocu ment is carefully exa mi ned , and is believed to be entirely reliabl e. How e ve r, no responsibility is assumed for inaccuracies. Furthermore, Motorola reserves the right to make changes to any products herein to improve readability, function, or design. Motorola does not assume any liability arising out of the applications or use of any product or circuit described herein; nor does it cover any license under its patent rights nor the rights of others.
Trademarks
MOTOROLA and the Stylized M logo are registered in the US Patent & Trademark Office. All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners.
© Motorola, Inc. 2003.
Page 5
Contents
List of Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
Related Publications Available Separately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Model Numbering System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
Model Charts, Model Programming, Flashing, and Cloning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vii
Model Charts General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vii
Programming, Flashing, and Cloning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vii
MODEL CHART, Conventional Systems Radios (HT 1000 Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
MODEL CHART, Conventional Systems Radios (JT 1000 and MT 2000 Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
MODEL CHART, Private Systems Radios (MTS 2000 Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .x
MODEL CHART, Shared Systems Radios (MTX 838, MTX 8000, MTX•LS, and
MTX 9000 Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
List of Antennas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii
List of Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii
Maintenance Specifications for VHF Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
Maintenance Specifications for UHF Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
Maintenance Specifications for 800MHz Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiv
Maintenance Specifications for 900MHz Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiv
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xv
1 - Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
2 - Test Equipment, Service Aids, and Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Recommended Test Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Service Aids and Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Field Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3 - Transceiver Performance Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Test Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
4 - Error-Code Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Power-up Display Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Operational Display Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
5 - Radio Alignment Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Reference Oscillator Alignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
i
Page 6
Front-EndPre-Selector VHF/UHF only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Rated Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Squelch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Transmitter Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Transmit Deviation Balance (Compensation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Transmit Deviation Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Transmit Deviation Limit Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
VCO Crossover Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Signalling Deviation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Alignment Procedure Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
6 - Disassembly and Reassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Disassembly to Board Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Disassembly of Control Top. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Disassembly of Front Cover Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
7 - Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Preventive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Safe Handling of CMOS Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Repair Procedures and Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
8 - Exploded Views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Basic Radios and Basic Radios with Option Mate Optional Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Top-Display Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Keypad Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Uni-board Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
9 - Component Location Diagrams, Parts Lists, and Schematic Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
NUD7091B, NUD7092B, NUD/PMUD7095B, AND NUD7096B VHF (136-178MHz) TRANSCEIVER
BOARDS’ PARTS LIST AND COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Electrical Parts List, VHF Transceivers NUD7091B, NUD7092B, NUD/PMUD7095B, NUD7096B. . .63 NUD7091B, NUD7092B, NUD/PMUD7095B, AND NUD7096B VHF (136-178MHz) TRANSCEIVER
BOARDS’ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
NUD7091B, NUD7092B, NUD/PMUD7095B, AND NUD7096B VHF (136-178 MHz) TRANSCEIVER
BOARDS’ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (Sheet 2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
NUE7265B, NUE7266B, NUE/PMUE7272B, AND NUE7274B UHF (403-470MHz) TRANSCEIVER
BOARDS’ PARTS LIST AND COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Electrical Parts List, UHF Transceivers (403-470MHz) NUE7265B, NUE7266B, NUE/PMUE7272B,
NUE7274B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
NUE7265B, NUE7266B, NUE/PMUE7272B, AND NUE7274B UHF (403-470MHz) TRANSCEIVER
BOARDS’ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
ii
Page 7
NUE7265B, NUE7266B, NUE/PMUE7272B, AND NUE7274B UHF (403-470MHz) TRANSCEIVER
BOARDS’ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (Sheet 2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
NUE7267B, NUE7268B, NUE/PMUE7273B, AND NUE7275B UHF (450-520MHz) TRANSCEIVER
BOARDS’ PARTS LIST AND COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Electrical Parts List, UHF Transceivers (450–520MHz) NUE7267B, NUE7268B, NUE/PMUE7273B,
NUE7275B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
NUE7267B, NUE7268B, NUE/PMUE7273B, AND NUE7275B UHF (450-520MHz) TRANSCEIVER
BOARDS’ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
NUE7267B, NUE7268B, NUE/PMUE7273B, AND NUE7275B UHF (450-520MHz) TRANSCEIVER
BOARDS’ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (Sheet 2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
NUF6410B/C, NUF6498B/C, NUF6500B/C AND NUF6501C (800MHz) TRANSCEIVER
BOARDS’ PARTS LIST AND COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Electrical Parts List, Transceivers (800MHz) NUF6410B/C, NUF6498B/C, NUF6500B/C AND
NUF6501C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
NUF6410B/C, NUF6498B/C, NUF6500B/C AND NUF6501C (800MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
NUF6410B/C, NUF6498B/C, NUF6500B/C AND NUF6501C (800MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (Sheet 2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
NUF/PMUF6500D, NUF/PMUF6533A AND NUF/PMUF6410D (800MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARD
PARTS LIST AND COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
Electrical Parts List, Transceiver (800MHz) NUF/PMUF6500D, NUF/PMUF6533A AND NUF/
PMUF6410D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
NUF/PMUF6500D, NUF/PMUF6533A AND NUF/PMUF6410D (800MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
NUF/PMUF6500D, NUF/PMUF6533A AND NUF/PMUF6410D (800MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (Sheet 2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
NUF6499B/C AND NUF6502B/C (900MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’ PARTS LIST AND
COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Electrical Parts List, Transceivers (900MHz) NUF6499B/C AND NUF6502B/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
NUF6499B/C AND NUF6502B/C (900MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
(Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
NUF6499B/C AND NUF6502B/C (900MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
(Sheet 2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
NUF/PMUF6499D (900MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARD PARTS LIST AND COMPONENT LOCATION
DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Electrical Parts List, Transceiver (900MHz) NUF/PMUF6499D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
NUF/PMUF6499D (900MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . .88
NUF/PMUF6499D (900MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (Sheet 2 of 2) . . . .89
NCN6145A/C, NCN6146A, NTN7089C, NCN6129C, NCN6138A, NCN6140A/B, NCN6141A,
NCN/PMCN6140C CONTROLLER BOARDS’ PARTS LIST AND COMPONENT LOCATION
DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
Electrical Parts List, Controller: NCN6129C And NCN6138A (all HT 1000 Models)
NCN6140A/B (VHF HT 1000 Models) NCN6141A (UHF HT 1000 Models) NCN/PMCN6140C
(all HT 1000 Models) NCN6145A/C (800MHz HT 1000 Models) NTN7089C And NCN6146A
(JT 1000 Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
iii
Page 8
NCN6129C, NCN6138A, NCN6140A/B, NCN/PMCN6140C, NCN6141A, NCN6145A/C,
NCN6146A, NTN7089C AND PMCN6140C CONTROLLER BOARD ANALOG SECTION
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
NCN6129C, NCN6138A, NCN6140A/B, NCN/PMCN6140C, NCN6141A, NCN6145A/C,
NCN6146A, NTN7089C CONTROLLER BOARD DIGITAL SECTION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM. . . .93
NCN6129C, NCN6138A, NCN6140A/B, NCN/PMCN6140C, NCN6141A, NCN6145A/C,
NCN6146A, NTN7089C AND PMCN6140C CONTROLLER BOARD TOP-LEVEL SCHEMATIC . . .94
NCN6129C, NCN6138A, NCN6140A/B, NCN/PMCN6140C, NCN6141A, NCN6145A/C,
NCN6146A, NTN7089C CONTROLLER BOARD POWER SECTION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM . . . .95
NCN6147A/B, NCN6150A/B, NTN7091D, NTN7620E, PMCN6147B AND PMCN6150B
CONTROLLER BOARD’ PARTS LIST AND COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Electrical Parts List, Controllers NCN6147A/B, NCN6150A/B, NTN7091D, NTN7620E,
PMCN6147B, PMCN6150B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
NCN6147A/B, NCN6150A/B, NTN7091D, NTN7620E, PMCN6147B AND PMCN6150B
CONTROLLER BOARD ANALOG SECTION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
NCN6147A/B, NCN6150A/B, NTN7091D, NTN7620E, PMCN6147B AND PMCN6150B
CONTROLLER BOARD DIGITAL SECTION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
NCN6147A/B, NCN6150A/B, NTN7091D, NTN7620E, PMCN6147B AND PMCN6150B
CONTROLLER BOARD TOP-LEVEL SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
NCN6147A/B, NCN6150A/B, NTN7091D, NTN7620E, PMCN6147B AND PMCN6150B
CONTROLLER BOARD POWER SECTION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
NTN7512D/E, NTN7513E, NTN7857D/E AND NTN7858D/E CONTROLLER BOARDS’
PARTS LIST AND COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Electrical Parts List, Controllers NTN7512D/E Front Display VHF, UHF and 800MHz Radios
NTN7513E Front Display 900MHz Hear Clear Radios NTN7857D/E Top/No Display VHF,
UHF and 800MHz Radios NTN7858D/E Top/No Display 900MHz Hear Clear Radios . . . . . . . . .103
NTN7512D/E, NTN7513E, NTN7857D/E AND NTN7858D/E CONTROLLER BOARD ANALOG
SECTION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
NTN7512D/E, NTN7513E, NTN7857D/E AND NTN7858D/E CONTROLLER BOARD DIGITAL
SECTION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
NTN7512D/E, NTN7513E, NTN7857D/E AND NTN7858D/E CONTROLLER BOARD TOP-LEVEL
SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
NTN7512D/E, NTN7513E, NTN7857D/E AND NTN7858D/E CONTROLLER BOARD POWER
SECTION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
NCN6106C, NCN/PMCN6153A/B, AND NCN/PMCN6176A CONTROLLER BOARDS’ PARTS
LIST AND COMPONENT LAYOUT DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
Electrical Parts List, Controllers NCN6106C, NCN/PMCN6153A/B, NCN/PMCN6176A. . . . . . . . .109
NCN6106C , NCN/PMCN6153A/B, NCN/PMCN6176A CONTROLLER BOARD ANALOG
SECTION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
NCN6106C, NCN/PMCN6153A/B AND NCN/PMCN6176A CONTROLLER BOARD DIGITAL
SECTION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
NCN6106C AND NCN/PMCN6153A/B AND NCN/PMCN6176A CONTROLLER BOARD TOP-LEVEL
SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
NCN6106C, NCN/PMCN6153A/B AND NCN/PMCN6176A CONTROLLER BOARD POWER
SECTION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
FRONT COVER DISPLAY FLEX AND CONTROLS FLEX SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
iv
Page 9
10 - Replacement Parts Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Motorola Online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Mail Orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Telephone Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
FAX Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Product Customer Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
11 - Appendix A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
12 - Appendix B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-1
v
Page 10
List of Tables
Table 1 - Recommended Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Table 2 - Service Aids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Table 3 - Recommended Service Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Table 4 - Equipment Initial Control Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Table 5 - Test Environments, HT 1000/JT 1000 Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Table 6 - Test Frequencies, HT 1000 / JT 1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Table 7 - Test Environments, MT 2000, MTS 2000, and MTX Series Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Table 8 - Test Frequencies, MT 2000, MTS 2000, and MTX Series Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Table 9 - Receiver Performance Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Table 10 - Transmitter Performance Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Table 11 - Power-up Display Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Table 12 - Operational Display Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Table 13 - Reference Oscillator Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Table 14 - Standard Test Modulation (1 kHz Tone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Table 15 - Transmit Power Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Table 16 - Transmit Deviation Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Table 17 - Transmit Deviation Limit Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Table 18 - Signalling Deviation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Appendix A Table 1 -MTS 2000 Single Key Secure Module I/O Definition . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-2
Appendix A Table 2 -Key Variable Loader. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-4
Appendix A Table 3 -Secure Deviation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-7
Appendix A Table 4 -RSS Secure Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-10
Appendix B Table 1 - HT 1000 Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-1
Appendix B Table 2 - JT 1000 Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-3
Appendix B Table 3 -MT 2000 Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-4
Appendix B Table 4 -MTS 2000 Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-7
Appendix B Table 5 -MTX Series Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-13
vi
Page 11
Related Publications Available Separately
Service Manual (earliest version radios; first issue- 4/92) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68P81200C20
Service Manual (early version radios; first issue- 4/93). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68P81200C25
Service Manual (later version radios; first issue- 7/94) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68P81200C40
Service Manual (this publication; present version radios; first issue- 3/98) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68P81200C75
includes:
• all servicing information
• assembly / disassembly
• maintenance
Theory Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68P81200C15
includes:
• theory of operation
• troubleshooting information and troubleshooting charts
Operating Instructions
• HT 1000 A Model Portable Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68P81071C70
• HT 1000 B Model and later Portable Radios. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68P81079C50
• JT 1000 Portable Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68P81078C45
• JT 1000 Portable Radios Front Panel Programming Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68P81081C30
• MT 2000 Portable Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68P81076C65
• MTS 2000 I Portable Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68P81072C15
• MTS 2000 II and III Portable Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68P81072C45
• MTX Series Model B3 Privacy Plus Portable Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68P81072C10
• MTX Series Model B4 Privacy Plus Portable Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68P81073C60
• MTX Series Model B5 and B7 Privacy Plus Portable Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68P81072C40
• MTX•LS Trunked Portable Radios. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68P81083C35
Mobile Vehicular Adapter (MTVA) Operating Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68P81075C85
Mobile Vehicular Adapter (MTVA) Installation Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68P81075C90
Mobile Vehicular Adapter (MTVA) Service Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68P81075C95
Option•Mate, HT 1000 Analog Voice Security; Installation/
Programming/Troubleshooting Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68P81084C35
Option•Mate, HT 1000 Analog Voice Security Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68P81084C36
Option•Mate, HT 1000 Analog Voice Security Service Help Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68P81084C37
Refer to Chapter 10 for ordering information.
vii
Page 12
Model Numbering System
Typical Model Number:
Position:
Position 1 - Type of Unit
H = Hand-Held Portable
Positions 2 & 3 - Model Series
Position 4 - Frequency Band
Less than 29.7MHz
A
=
29.7 to 35.99MHz
B
=
36 to 41.99MHz
C
=
42 to 50MHz
D
=
66 to 80MHz
F
=
74 to 90MHz
G
=
Product Specific
H
=
136 to 162MHz
J
=
146 to 178MHz
K
=
174 to 210MHz
L
=
190 to 235MHz
M
=
H01K DD 9 P W 1 B N S P 0 1
123 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1213141516
336 to 410MHz
P
=
403 to 437MHz
Q
=
438 to 482MHz
R
=
470 to 520MHz
S
=
Product Specific
T
=
806 to 870MHz
U
=
825 to 870MHz
V
=
896 to 941MHz
W
=
1.0 to 1.6GHz
Y
=
1.5 to 2.0GHz
Z
=
Values given represent range only; they are
not absolute.
Position 5 - Power Level
0 to 0.7 Watts
A
=
0.7 to 0.9 Watts
B
=
1.0 to 3.9 Watts
C
=
4.0 to 5.0 Watts
D
=
5.1 to 6.0 Watts
E
=
6.1 to 10 Watts
F
=
Position 6 - Physical Packages
RF Modem Operation
A
=
Receiver Only
B
=
Standard Control; No Display
C
=
Standard Control; With Top Display
D
=
Limited Keypad; No Display
E
=
Limited Keypad; With Front Display
F
=
Full Keypad; No Display
G
=
Full Keypad; With Front Display
H
=
Limited Controls; No Display
J
=
Limited Controls; Basic Display
K
=
Limited Controls; Limited Display
L
=
Rotary Controls; Standard Display
M
=
Enhanced Controls; Enhanced Display
N
=
Low Profile; No Display
P
=
Low Profile; Basic Display
Q
=
Low Profile; Basic Display, Full Keypad
R
=
Position 7 - Channel Spacing
1 = 5kHz 2 = 6.25kHz 3 = 10kHz 4 = 12.5kHz
5 = 15kHz 6 = 20/25kHz 7 = 30kHz 9 = Variable/Programmable
Positions 13 - 16
“SP” Model Suffix
Position 12 -
Unique Model Variations
C = Cenelec N = Standard Package
Position 11 - Version
Version Letter (Alpha) - Major Change
Position 10 - Feature Level
1 = Basic 2 = Limited Package 3 = Limited Plus 4 = Intermediate 5 = Standard Package
Position 9 - Primary System Type
A
=
Conventional
B
=
Privacy Plus®
C
=
Clear SMARTNET™
D
=
Advanced Conventional Stat-Alert™
E
=
Enhanced Privacy Plus®
F
=
Nauganet 888 Series
G
=
Japan Specialized Mobile Radio (JSMR)
H
=
Multi-Channel Access (MCA)
J
=
CoveragePLUS™
K
=
MPT1327* - Public
L
=
MPT1327* - Private
M
=
Radiocom
N
=
Tone Signalling
P
=
Binary Signalling
Q
=
Phonenet®
W
=
Programmable
X
=
Secure Conventional
Y
=
Secure SMARTNET™
6 = Standard Plus 7 = Expanded Package 8 = Expanded Plus 9 = Full Feature/ Programmable
* MPT = Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications
Position 8 - Primary Operation
A
=
Conventinal/Simplex
B
=
Conventional/Duplex
C
=
Trunked Twin Type
D
=
Dual Mode Trunked
E
=
Dual Mode Trunked/Duplex
F
=
Trunked Type I
G
=
Trunked Type II
H
=
FDMA* Digital Dual Mode
J
=
TDMA** Digital Dual Mode
K
=
Single Sideband
L
=
Global Positioning Satellite Capable
M
=
Amplitude Companded Sideband (ACSB)
P
=
Programmable
* FDMA = Frequency Division Multiple Access
** TDMA = Time Division Multiple Access
viii
Page 13
Model Charts Model Programming, Flashing, and Cloning
Model Charts General Description
Programming, Flashing, and Cloning
Four model charts cover the three families of radios discussed in this publication:
Conventional Systems Radios, HT 1000 Conventional Systems Radios, JT 1000 and MT 2000 Private Systems Radios Shared Systems Radios
Each model chart lists the model number and its description, and the three main radio components: the transceiver board, the controller board, and the front cover. A single model may be built using alternate controller boards and alternate transceiver boards. The model charts will list all alternate controllers and all alternate transceivers for any one particular model. Other model components are referenced in electrical parts lists and exploded view parts lists located toward the rear of the manual.
To determine which controller and transceiver is in a radio, that radio must be opened and physically examined. Identification kit number labels are attached to the controller board and to the transceiver board.
All HT 1000, JT 1000, MT 2000, MTS 2000, and MTX Series Radios covered in this manual are clonable. The JT 1000 Model Radios are also front-panel programmable, and the MTS 2000 Series Radios are applies only to HT 1000 Model Radios.
flashable. The following cloning information
HT 1000 Model Radios:
VHF DN models cannot be cloned to AN, BN, or CN models. Any DN model can be cloned from like CN or DN models. Prior to cloning any AN or BN model into a like CN or DN
model, a code plug fix must be performed on the AN or BN model. Failure to do so could seriously degrade the scan and battery-saver capabilities of the CN or DN model radio. For code plug-fix information, order Service Repair Notice, SRN-1218. Note: Cloning any AN model into a like CN or DN model will remove the TEST MODE capability.
vii
Page 14
MODEL CHART Conventional Systems Radios (HT 1000 Models)
MODEL NUMBER DESCRIPTION
H01KDC9AA1DN VHF, 2F, 5- to 1-Watt
H01KDC9AA3DN VHF, 16F, 5- to 1-Watt
H01RDC9AA1DN UHF B1, 2F, 4- to 1-Watt
H01RDC9AA3DN UHF B1, 16F, 4- to 1-Watt
H01SDC9AA1DN UHF B2, 2F, 4- to 1-Watt
H01SDC9AA3DN UHF B2, 16F, 4- to 1-Watt
H01UCC6AA3DN 800MHz, 16F, 3-Watt
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
BB
B
B BB
BBBB
BBBBBBB XXXXXX XXX
NUD7085E / NUD7085F / NUD7091A / NUD7091B / Transceiver Board NUD7095B / PMUD7095B NUD7070E / NUD7070F / NUD7092A / NUD7092B Transceiver Board NUD7095B / PMUD7095B NUE7240D / NUE7240E / NUE7265A / NUE7265B Transceiver Board NUE7272B / PMUE7272B NUE7231C / NUE7231D / NUE7266A / NUE7266B Transceiver Board NUE7272B / PMUE7272B NUE7241D / NUE7241E / NUE7267A / NUE7267B Transceiver Board NUE7273B / PMUE7273B NUE7232C / NUE7232D / NUE7268A / NUE7268B Transceiver Board NUE7273B / PMUE7273B NUF6394B / NUF6497A / NUF6497B / NUF6500D /
A
A
PMUF6500D NCN6129C / NCN6129D / NCN6129E / NCN6129F / Controller Board *
NCN6129G /NCN6138A / NCN6138B / NCN6140A / NCN6140B
NCN6129C / NCN6141A / NCN6141B / NCN6141C NCN6129C / NCN6145A / NCN6145B / NCN6145C Controller Board *
B
NCN6140C/ PMCN6140C Controller Board * NTN7151B / NTN7151C Front Cover
X
NTN7156A / NTN7156B Front Cover
ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION
Transceiver Board
Controller Board *
Note: This model chart lists the model numbers and their respective major components of all
conventional systems radios covered in this publication. A = Alternate transceiver board supplied, see “Model Charts General Description” (this section). B = Alternate controller board supplied, see “Model Charts General Description” (this section). X = One item is supplied per radio.
* = The radio model number is required when placing an order for the controller board. The
model number can be found on the FCC Label on the back of the radio. Refer to Replacement
Parts Ordering, Section 10 of this manual for instructions on how to place an order.
viii
Page 15
MODEL CHART Conventional Systems Radios (JT 1000 and MT 2000 Models)
MODEL NUMBER DESCRIPTION
H01KDH9PA3AN JT 1000, VHF, 16CH, Front Display
H01RDH9PA3AN JT 1000, UHF B1, 16CH, Front Display
H01SDH9PA3AN JT 1000, UHF B2, 16CH, Front Display
H01KDD9AA4AN MT 2000, VHF, 16F, 5- to 1-Watt, Top Display
H01KDH9AA7AN MT 2000, VHF, 16CH, 5- to 1-Watt, Front Display
H01RDD9AA4AN MT 2000, UHF B1, 16F, 4- to 1-Watt, Top Display
H01RDH9AA7AN MT 2000, UHF B1, 16CH, 4- to 1-Watt, Front Display
H01SDD9AA4AN MT 2000, UHF B2, 16F, 4- to 1-Watt, Top Display
H01SDH9AA7AN MT 2000, UHF B2, 16CH, 4- to 1-Watt, Front Display
H01UCD6AA4AN MT 2000, 800MHz, 16F, 4- to 1-Watt, Top Display
H01UCH6AA7AN MT 2000, 800MHz, 16CH, 4- to 1-Watt, Front Display
ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION
AAA
AAA
AAA
A
A
AA
AA
AAA
A
AA
AA AA
AA
BBB
BBBBBBBB
BBBBBBBB
XXXX
XXXXXXX
Note: This model chart lists the model numbers and their respective major components of all
conventional systems radios covered in this publication. A = Alternate transceiver board supplied, see “Model Charts General Description” (this section). B = Alternate controller board supplied, see “Model Charts General Description” (this section). X = One item is supplied per radio.
* = The radio model number is required when placing an order for the controller board. The model
number can be found on the FCC Label on the back of the radio. Refer to Replacement Parts
Ordering, Section 10 of this manual for instructions on how to place an order.
NUD7070E / NUD7070F / NUD7095A / Transceiver Board NUD7095B / NUD7092B / PMUD7095B NUE7231C / NUE7231D / NUE7272A / Transceiver Board
NUE7272B / NUE7272C / NUE7272D /
PMUE7272B
NUE7232C / NUE7232D / NUE7273A / Transceiver Board NUE7273B / NUE7273C / PMUE7273B NUF6394B / NUF6498A / NUF6498B / Transceiver Board
NUF6498C / NUF6500A / NUF6500B / NUF6500C / NUF6500D / PMUF6500D
NTN7089C / NTN7089D / NCN6146A Controller Board * NTN7091D / NTN7091E / NCN6147A / Controller Board *
NCN6147B / PMCN6147B NTN7152A / NTN7152B Front Cover NTN7154A / NTN7154B Front Cover
ix
Page 16
MODEL CHART Private Systems Radios (MTS 2000 Models)
MODEL NUMBER DESCRIPTION
H01KDD9PW1BN VHF, 16-Mode, Top Display, 5- to 1-Watt
H01KDF9PW1BN VHF, 160-Mode, Front Display, Limited Keypad, 5- to 1-Watt
H01KDH9PW1BN VHF, 160-Mode, Front Display, Full Keypad, 5- to 1-Watt
H01RDD9PW1BN UHF B1, 16-Mode, Top Display, 4- to 1-Watt
H01RDF9PW1BN UHF B1, 160-Mode, Front Display, Limited Keypad, 4- to 1-Watt
H01RDH9PW1BN UHF B1, 160-Mode, Front Display, Full Keypad, 4- to 1-Watt
H01SDD9PW1BN UHF B2, 16-Mode, Top Display, 4- to 1-Watt
H01SDF9PW1BN UHF B2, 160-Mode, Front Display, Limited Keypad, 4- to 1-Watt
H01SDH9PW1BN UHF B2, 160-Mode, Front Display, Full Keypad, 4- to 1-Watt
H01UCD6PW1BN 800MHz, 16-Mode, Top Display, 3-Watt
H01UCF6PW1BN 800MHz, 160-Mode, Front Display, Limited Keypad, 3-Watt
H01UCH6PW1BN 800MHz, 160-Mode, Front Display, Full Keypad, 3-Watt
H01WCD4PW1CN 900MHz, 16-Mode, Top Display, 2.4W (Typ), 2.9W (Max)
H01WCF4PW1CN 900MHz, 160-Mode, Front Display, Limited Keypad
H01WCH4PW1CN 900MHz, 160-Mode, Front Display, Full Keypad
ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION
AAA
AAA
AAA
AAA
AAA
AAA
AAA
AAA AAA AAA
AAA
AAA
BBBBBBBBBBBB
BBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBB
BBBBBB
BBBBBB
BBB
BBB
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
NUD7070E / NUD7070F / NUD7095A / Transceiver Board NUD7095B / NUD7092B / PMUD7095B
NUE7231C / NUE7272A / NUE7272B / NUE7272C / NUE7272D / PMUE7272B
NUE7232C / NUE7273A / NUE7273B / Transceiver Board NUE7273C
NUF6410B / NUF6500A / NUF6500B /
NUF6410C / NUF6410D
NUF6500C / NUF6500D / NUF6533A /
PMUF6500D
NUF6395C / NUF6499A / NUF6499B / Transceiver Board NUF6499C / NUF6499D
NTN7620E / NCN6150A / NCN6150B / Controller Board *
PMCN6150B
NCN6176A NCN6106C / NCN6153A / NCN6153B / Controller Board *
PMCN6153B
NTN7152A / NTN7152B Front Cover NTN7153A / NTN7153B Front Cover NTN7154A / NTN7154B Front Cover
/ PMUE7273B
/ PMUF6499D
Transceiver Board
Transceiver Board
Note: This model chart lists the model numbers and their respective major components of all private systems
radios covered in this publication. A = Alternate transceiver board supplied, see “Model Charts General Description” (this section). B = Alternate controller board supplied, see “Model Charts General Description” (this section). X = One item is supplied per radio. * = The radio model number and flash code are required when placing an order for the controller board. The
model number can be found on the FCC Label on the back of the radio. The Flashcode can be obtained
several ways:
Check the FCC Label on the back of the radio.
x
Page 17
MODEL CHART Shared Systems Radios
(MTX 838, MTX 8000, MTXLS, and MTX 9000 Models)
MODEL NUMBER DESCRIPTION
MTX 838
H01KDC9DB3AN VHF, 16-Mode, 5- to 1-Watt
H01KDD9DB4AN VHF, 99-Mode, Top Display, 5- to 1-Watt
H01KDF9DB5AN VHF, 160-Mode, Front Display, Limited Keypad, 5- to 1-Watt
H01KDH9DB7AN VHF, 160-Mode, Front Display, Full Keypad, 5- to 1-Watt
H01RDC9DB3AN UHF B1, 16-Mode, 4- to 1-Watt
H01RDD9DB4AN UHF B1, 99-Mode, Top Display, 4- to 1-Watt
H01RDF9DB5AN
H01RDH9DB7AN
H01SDC9DB3AN UHF B2, 16-Mode, 4- to 1-Watt
H01SDD9DB4AN UHF B2, 99-Mode, Top Display, 4- to 1-Watt
H01SDH9DB7AN
H01UCC6DF3AN 800MHz, 16-Mode, Type II
H01UCC6DB3AN 800MHz, 16-Mode, Type I
H01UCF6DB5AN 800MHz,
H01UCH6DB7AN 800MHz,
H01UCC6DU3AN 800MHz, 16F
H01WCC4DB3AN 900MHz, 16-Mode, 2.4W (Typ), 2.9W (Max)
H01WCF4DB5AN 900MHz,
H01WCH4DB7AN 900MHz,
AAAA
AA AA
A A
AAAA
AA
A
A
AAA
AAAA
AAA
AAA
AAA
X
BB BB B BB
BB
BBB
B
BBB
BBB
BB BB BB B B
BB
BBB
B
BBB
B
B
BB
XXXXXXX
XXX
XX X X
XXX X X
Note: This model chart lists the model numbers and their respective major components of all shared systems radios covered in
this publication. A = Alternate transceiver board supplied, see “Model Charts General Description” (this section). B = Alternate controller board supplied, see “Model Charts General Description” (this section). X = One item is supplied per radio. * = The radio model number is required when placing an order for the uniboard. The model number can be found on the FCC
Label on the back of the radio. Refer to Replacement Parts Ordering, Section 10 of this manual for instructions on how to
place an order.
NUD7085E / NUD7085F / NUD7096A / Transceiver Board NUD7096B / NUD7095A / NUD7095B /
PMUD7095B
NUE7240D / NUE7240E / NUE7274A / NUE7274B / NUE7272A / NUE7272B /
PMUE7272BAA
NUE7241C / NUE7241D / NUE7241E / Transceiver Board NUE7275A / NUE7275B
NUF6423B / NUF6501A / NUF6501B / Transceiver Board NUF6501C / NUF6500D / PMUF6500D
NUF6424B / NUF6502A / NUF6502B / Transceiver Board NUF6502C / PMUF6499D
NUF6460A / NUF6460B NTN7512D / NTN7512E / NCN6147A / Controller Board *
NCN6147B / PMCN6147B NTN7513D / NTN7513E / NCN6153A / Controller Board *
BB
NCN6153B / PMCN6153B NTN7857D / NTN7857E / NCN6147A / Controller Board *
NCN6147B / PMCN6147B NTN7858D / NTN7858E / NCN6153A / Controller Board *
PMCN6153A
NCN6153B / PMCN6153B
B
NTN7151B / NTN7151C Front Cover NTN7152A / NTN7152B Front Cover NTN7153A / NTN7153B Front Cover NTN7154A / NTN7154B Front Cover
UHF B1, 160-Mode, Front Display, Limited Keypad, 4- to 1-Watt UHF B1, 160-Mode, Front Display, Full Keypad, 4- to 1-Watt
UHF B2, 160-Mode, Front Display, Full Keypad, 4- to 1-Watt
MTX 8000
160-Mode, Front Display, Limited Keypad, 3-Watt 160-Mode, Front Display, Full Keypad, 3-Watt
MTXLS
MTX 9000
160-Mode, Front Display, Limited Keypad 160-Mode, Front Display, Full Keypad
ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION
Transceiver Board
Uniboard *
xi
Page 18
List of Antennas
ANTENNA KIT NOS. DESCRIPTION
NAD6566* Helical (136 - 151MHz) NAD6567* Helical (151 - 162MHz) NAD6568* Helical (162 - 174MHz) NAD6563* Helical Wideband (136 - 174MHz)
NAE6546* Helical (403 - 435MHz) NAE6547* Helical (435 - 470MHz) NAE6548* Helical (470 - 512MHz) NAE6549* Whip (403 - 512MHz) NAF5037* Whip (800MHz) NAF5038* Whip (900MHz) NAF5039* Dipole (800MHz) NAF5040* Dipole (900MHz) NAF5042* Quarter Wave, Stubby (800MHz, 900MHz)
List of Batteries
BATTERY KIT NOS. DESCRIPTION
NTN7143 High-Capacity Nickel-Cadmium (groups A, B, C, D) NTN7144 Ultra-High-Capacity Nickel-Cadmium (groups A, B, C, D)
NTN7146* High-Capacity Nickel-Cadmium FMRC Intrinsically Safe (groups D, F, G)
NTN7147* Ultra-High-Capacity Nickel-Cadmium FMRC Intrinsically Safe (groups D, F, G) NTN7341* Ultra-High-Capacity Nickel-Cadmium FMRC Intrinsically Safe (groups C, D, E, F, G)
NTN7372*
High-Capacity Nickel-Cadmium FMRC Intrinsically Safe (groups C, D, E, F, G)
!
!
Substitution of components may impair the intrinsic safety of the radio.
W A R N I N G
* These accessories are approved as being intrinsically safe by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FMRC). Refer to the radio label for intrinsic safety ratings and required batteries. Only the accessories and antennas noted (by *) may be used on approved radios.
xii
Page 19
Maintenance Specifications for VHF Radios
(All Specifications Are Per Electronic Industries Association (EIA) 316B Unless Otherwise Noted.)
GENERAL RECEIVER TRANSMITTER
FCC Designation: AZ489FT3768 Power Supply: Nickel-Cadmium Battery Battery Voltage:
Nominal: 7.5 Volts Range: 6 to 9 Volts
Battery Drain, Typical:
Standby: 56mA Receive: 180mA Transmit: 2100mA
Temperature Range:
Operating: –30˚C to +60˚C Storage: –40˚C to +85˚C
Duty Cycle (5-5-90): 1 Watt/5 Watts
High Cap. Battery: 11.2 Hrs./8 Hrs. Ultra-High Cap. Battery: 12.9 Hrs./9 Hrs.
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Less Battery: 6.30" x 2.34" x 1.49"
(16.0cm x 5.9cm x 3.8cm)
With High Cap. Battery: 6.30" x 2.34" x 1.49"
(16.0cm x 5.9cm x 3.8cm)
With Ultra-High Cap. Battery: 6.30" x 2.34" x 1.54"
(16.0cm x 5.9cm x 3.9cm)
Weight: (w/Helical Antenna)
Less Battery: 12.1oz. (343gm) With High Cap. Battery: 20.2oz. (573gm) With Ultra-High Cap. Battery: 21.3oz. (604gm)
* Frequencies in the 174-178MHz range are not permitted in the USA.
Frequency Range:
Bandwidth: 42MHz
Quieting Sensitivity (20dBQ): 0.5µV Max.
Usable Sensitivity
(12dB SINAD): 0.35µV Max.
Intermodulation: –70dB
Selectivity
(30kHz Adjacent Channel): –70dB (12.5kHz Adjacent Channel): –70dB
Spurious Rejection: –70dB
Freq. Stability
(–30 to +60˚C; 25˚C reference): ±0.0005%
Rated Audio: 500mW
Distortion (At Rated Audio): 3% Typical Channel Spacing: 30kHz
Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
*136–178MHz
12.5kHz
RF Power:
136-174MHz 1-5 Watts 174-178MHz 1-4 Watts
Frequency Range:
Freq. Stability –30 to +60˚C; 25˚C ref.: ± .0005%(30kHz syst)
: ± .0003%(12.5kHz syst)
Emission (Conducted and Radiated): –66dBw
FM Hum and Noise
(Companion Receiver): –45dB Typical
Distortion: 3% Typical
Modulation Limiting: ±5kHz (30kHz syst)
: ±2.5kHz(12.5kHz syst)
Recommended Battery:
High Capacity: NTN7143 Ultra-High Capacity: NTN7144
*136–178MHz
Maintenance Specifications for UHF Radios
(All Specifications Are Per Electronic Industries Association (EIA) 316B Unless Otherwise Noted.)
GENERAL RECEIVER TRANSMITTER
FCC AZ489FT4781 (403-470MHz) Designation: AZ489FT4780 (450-520MHz)
Power Supply: Nickel-Cadmium Battery Battery Voltage:
Nominal: 7.5 Volts Range: 6 to 9 Volts
Battery Drain, Typical:
Standby: 60mA Receive: 180mA Transmit: 1800mA
Temperature Range:
Operating: –30˚C to +60˚C Storage: –40˚C to +85˚C
Duty Cycle (5-5-90): 1 Watt/4 Watts
High Cap. Battery: 11 Hrs./8.4 Hrs. Ultra-High Cap. Battery: 12.7 Hrs./9.7 Hrs.
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Less Battery: 6.30" x 2.34" x 1.49"
(16.0cm x 5.9cm x 3.8cm)
With High Cap. Battery: 6.30" x 2.34" x 1.49"
(16.0cm x 5.9cm x 3.8cm)
With Ultra-High Cap. Battery: 6.30" x 2.34" x 1.54"
(16.0cm x 5.9cm x 3.9cm)
Weight: (w/Helical Antenna)
Less Battery: 12.1oz. (343gm) With High Cap. Battery: 20.2oz. (573gm)
With Ultra-High Cap. Battery: 21.3oz. (604gm)
* Frequencies in the 512-520MHz range are not permitted in the USA.
Frequency Range: 403-470MHz
Bandwidth: 70MHz
Quieting Sensitivity (20dBQ): 0.5µV Max.
Usable Sensitivity
(12dB SINAD): 0.35µV Max.
Intermodulation: –70dB
Selectivity
(25kHz Adjacent Channel): –70dB (12.5kHz Adjacent Channel): –60dB
Spurious Rejection:
450-512MHz –70dB 512-520MHz –65dB
Freq. Stability
(–30 to +60˚C; 25˚C reference): ±0.0005%
Rated Audio: 500mW
Distortion (At Rated Audio): 3% Typical
Channel Spacing: 25kHz
Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
*450-520MHz
12.5kHz
RF Power:
403-470MHz 450-512MHz 512-520MHz
Frequency Range: 403-470MHz
Freq. Stability (–30 to +60˚C; 25˚C ref.): ± .0005% (25kHz syst)
: ± .0003%(12.5kHz syst)
Emission (Conducted and Radiated): –66dBw
FM Hum and Noise
(Companion Receiver): –45dB Typical Hear Clear: –48dB Typical
Distortion: 3% Typical
Modulation Limiting: ±5kHz (25kHz syst)
: ±2.5kHz (12.5kHz syst)
Recommended Battery:
High Capacity: NTN7143 Ultra-High Capacity: NTN7144
1-4 Watts 1-4 Watts 1-3 Watts
*
450-520MHz
xiii
Page 20
Maintenance Specifications for 800MHz Radios
(All Specifications Are Per Electronic Industries Association (EIA) 316B Unless Otherwise Noted.)
GENERAL RECEIVER TRANSMITTER
FCC Designation: AZ489FT5747 Power Supply: Nickel-Cadmium Battery Battery Voltage:
Nominal: 7.5 Volts Range: 6 to 9 Volts
Battery Drain, Typical:
Standby: 65mA Receive: 190mA Transmit: 1900mA
Temperature Range:
Operating: –30˚C to +60˚C Storage: –40˚C to +85˚C
Duty Cycle (5-5-90):
High Cap. Battery: 8 Hours Ultra-High Cap. Battery: 9 Hours
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Less Battery: 6.30" x 2.34" x 1.49"
(16.0cm x 5.9cm x 3.8cm)
With High Cap. Battery: 6.30" x 2.34" x 1.49"
(16.0cm x 5.9cm x 3.8cm)
With Ultra-High Cap. Battery: 6.30" x 2.34" x 1.54"
(16.0cm x 5.9cm x 3.9cm)
Weight: (w/Helical Antenna)
Less Battery: 12.1oz. (343gm) With High Cap. Battery: 20.2oz. (573gm) With Ultra-High Cap. Battery: 21.3oz. (604gm)
Frequency Range: 851–870MHz
Bandwidth: 19MHz
Quieting Sensitivity (20dBQ): 0.5µV Max.
Usable Sensitivity
(12dB SINAD): 0.35µV Max.
Intermodulation: –70dB
Selectivity
(25kHz Adjacent Channel): –70dB
Spurious Rejection: –70dB
Freq. Stability
(–30+60˚C; 25˚C reference): ±.00025% (821-824MHz Capable): ±.00015%
Rated Audio: 500mW
Distortion (At Rated Audio): 3% Typical
Channel Spacing: 25kHz
Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
RF Power: 3 Watts
Frequency Range: 806–824MHz
851–869MHz
Freq. Stability
(–30 to +60˚C; 25˚C ref.): ±.00025% (821-824MHz Capable): ± .00015%
Emission (Conducted and Radiated): –46dBw
FM Hum and Noise
(Companion Receiver): –40dB Typical
Distortion: 3% Typical
Modulation Limiting: ±5kHz (821-824MHz): ±4kHz
Recommended Battery:
High Capacity: NTN7143 Ultra-High Capacity: NTN7144
Maintenance Specifications for 900MHz Radios
(All Specifications Are Per Electronic Industries Association (EIA) 316B Unless Otherwise Noted.)
GENERAL RECEIVER TRANSMITTER
FCC Designation: AZ489FT5748 Power Supply: Nickel-Cadmium Battery Battery Voltage:
Nominal: 7.5 Volts Range: 6 to 9 Volts
Battery Drain, Typical:
Standby: 65mA Receive: 185mA Transmit: 1910mA
Temperature Range:
Operating: 30˚C to +60˚C Storage: 40˚C to +85˚C
Duty Cycle (5-5-90):
High Cap. Battery: 8 Hours Ultra-High Cap. Battery: 9 Hours
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Less Battery: 6.30" x 2.34" x 1.49"
(16.0cm x 5.9cm x 3.8cm)
With High Cap. Battery: 6.30" x 2.34" x 1.49"
(16.0cm x 5.9cm x 3.8cm)
With Ultra-High Cap. Battery: 6.30" x 2.34" x 1.54"
(16.0cm x 5.9cm x 3.9cm)
Weight: (w/Helical Antenna)
Less Battery: 12.1oz. (343gm) With High Cap. Battery: 20.2oz. (573gm) With Ultra-High Cap. Battery: 21.3oz. (604gm)
Frequency Range: 935–941MHz
Bandwidth: 6MHz
Quieting Sensitivity (20dBQ): 0.5µV Max.
Usable Sensitivity
(12dB SINAD): 0.35µV Max.
Intermodulation: 60dB
Selectivity
(12.5kHz Adjacent Channel): 60dB
Spurious Rejection: 60dB
Freq. Stability
(–30+60˚C; 25˚C reference): ± .00015%
Rated Audio: 500mW
Distortion (At Rated Audio): 3% Typical
Channel Spacing: 12.5kHz
Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.
RF Power: 2.4 Watts (Typ.)
2.9 Watts (Max.)
Frequency Range: 896–902MHz
935–941MHz
Freq. Stability
(–30 to +60˚C; 25˚C ref.): ± .00015%
Emission (Conducted and Radiated): –46dBw
FM Hum and Noise (Companion Receiver /
HEAR CLEAR): 45dB Typical
Distortion: 3% Typical
Modulation Limiting: ±2.5kHz
Recommended Battery:
High Capacity: NTN7143 Ultra-High Capacity: NTN7144
xiv
Page 21
Glossary
A/D Analog to Digital converter; converts an instantaneous dc voltage level to a
corresponding digital value.
ALC Automatic Level Control; a circuit in the transmit RF path that controls RF
power amplifier output, provides leveling over frequency and voltage, and protects against high VSWR.
CMOS Complementary metal-oxide semiconductor.
Channel Defines conventional transmit and receive frequencies and muting conditions.
Closed Architecture A controller configuration that utilizes a microcontroller with no external
memory (non-FLASHport operation).
CBI (Customer Board Initialization) When the controller board is received, it will
need a serial from the defect unit. The serial is manually entered via the RSS prior to proceeding any further with the replacement process.
D/A Digital to Analog converter; converts a digital value to a corresponding dc
voltage value.
DTMF Dual Tone Multi-Frequency. DPL Digital Private-Line.
Firmware Software or a software/hardware combination of computer programs and data,
with a fixed logic configuration stored in a read-only memory; information can not be altered or reprogrammed.
FGU Frequency Generation Unit.
Flashcode A Motorola term (model option definition code) that determines what
FLASHport options are in a radio.
FLASHport A Motorola term that describes the ability of a radio to change memory. Every
FLASHport radio contains a FLASHport EEPROM memory chip that can be software written and rewritten to, again and again.
IC Integrated Circuit.
ISW Inbound Signalling Word; data transmitted on the control channel from the
subscriber unit to the central controller.
LTR Logic Trunked Radio; a registered trademark of E.F. Johnson Company.
MCU MicroControl Unit.
MDC Motorola Digital Code.
OMPAC Over-Molded Pad-Array Carrier; a Motorola custom IC package, distinguished by
the presence of solder balls on the bottom pads.
Open Architecture A controller configuration that utilizes a microprocessor with extended ROM,
RAM, and EEPROM, (FLASHport capable).
OSW Outbound Signalling Word; data transmitted on the control channel from the
central controller to the subscriber unit.
PC Board Printed Circuit board.
PL Private-Line® tone squelch; a continuous sub-audible tone that is transmitted
along with the carrier.
xv
Page 22
PLL Phase-Locked Loop; a circuit in which an oscillator is kept in phase with a
T
T
T
reference, usually after passing through a frequency divider.
PTT Push-To-Talk; the switch located on the left side of the radio which, when
pressed, causes the radio to transmit.
Registers Short-term data-storage circuits within the microcontrol unit or programmable
logic IC.
RESET Reset line; an input to the microcontroller that restarts execution.
RF PA Radio Frequency Power Amplifier.
RSS Radio Service Software.
RSSI Received signal strength indicator; a dc voltage proportional to the received rf
signal strength.
RX DATA Recovered digital data line.
SLIC Support-Logic IC; a custom gate array used to provide I/O and memory
expansion for the microcontroller.
SmartRib Use in conjunction with the RSS to read the Flashcode and Model Number, and
to flash upgrade radios.
Softpot Software potentiometer; a computer-adjustable electronic attenuator.
Software Computer programs, procedures, rules, documentation, and data pertaining to
the operation of a system.
Squelch Muting of audio circuits when received signal levels fall below a pre-determined
value.
SRAM Static-RAM chip used for volatile, program/data memory.
Standby Mode An operating mode whereby the radio is muted but still continues to monitor
data.
OT Time-Out Timer; a timer that limits the length of a transmission.
PL Tone Private-Line; Continuous Tone Coded Squelch System (CTCSS), industry
standard.
SOP Thin Small-Outline Package.
µC Microcontrol unit (see MCU).
VCO Voltage-Controlled Oscillator; an oscillator whereby the frequency of oscillation
can be varied by changing a control voltage.
VSWR Voltage Standing Wave Ratio.
xvi
Page 23
Introduction
1
This manual includes safety information, model charts, specifications, fundamental disassembly/reassembly procedures; schematic diagrams, printed circuit board details, flex circuit diagrams, and several parts lists to completely cover the HT 1000, JT 1000, MT 2000, MTS 2000, and MTX series radios. Hereafter, the text will refer collectively to these radios as “this family of radios.” For maintenance/troubleshooting, theory, accessories, and operation of the radio, refer to the applicable manuals available separately. To help you with your selection, a list is provided in this manual, titled “Related Publications Available Separately.”
Special notices are incorporated into the text, alerting you to safety hazards and suggesting procedures. These notices are divided and labeled according to the information they contain so that you can become immediately aware of the type of information being presented. The three classifications are: WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, and NOTES.
This is an operational procedure, practice, or
!
!
W A R N I N G
!
C a u t i o n
NOTE: This is an operational procedure, practice, or
condition, etc., which may result in injury or death if not carefully observed.
This is an operational procedure, practice, or condition, etc., which may result in damage to the equipment if not carefully observed.
condition, etc., which is essential to emphasize.
1
Page 24
Notes
2
Page 25
Test Equipment,
Service Aids, and Tools 2
Recommended Test Equipment
The list of equipment contained in Table 1 includes all of the standard test equipment required for servicing two-way portable radios, as well as several unique items designed specifically for servicing this family of radios. Battery-operated test equipment is recommended when available. The “Characteristics” column is included so that equivalent equipment may be substituted; however, when no information is provided in this column, the specific Motorola model listed is either a unique item or no substitution is recommended.
Table 1 Recommended Test Equipment
MOTOROLA
MODEL NUMBER
R2600 Series R2670 (for trunking)
*R1097A Digital Multimeter 4,000 counts
*R1150E Code Synthesizer Injection of audio and digital
*R1527A Portable Test Receiver Counter; CTCSS, DCS, and
DESCRIPTION CHARACTERISTICS APPLICATION
System Analyzer This monitor will substitute
for items with an asterisk (*)
True RMS Metering
0.3% basic accuracy
DTMF decoder
Frequency/deviation meter and signal generator for wide-range troubleshooting and alignment
Digital voltmeter recommended for ac/dc voltage and current measurements
signalling codes
Portable Radio Monitor
R1368A Dual-Trace
Oscilloscope
*S1350C *ST1213B (VHF) *ST1223B (UHF)
R1065 Load Resistor 10-watt Broadband For use with Wattmeter
S1339A RF Millivolt Meter 100µV to 3V rf
*R1013B or *R1370A
S1347D or S1348D (programmable)
Watt Meter Plug-in Element RF Dummy Load
SINAD Meter SINAD Meter V/RMS RMS Audio Voltmeter
DC Power Supply 0-20Vdc, 0-5 Amps
20MHz bandwidth (some system analyzers, R2000 series, are 15MHz bandwidth) 5mV to 5V/division
50-ohm, ±5% accuracy 10 Watts, maximum 0-1000MHz, 300W
10kHz to 1.2GHz
current limited
Waveform measurements
Transmitter power output measurements
RF level measurements
Receiver sensitivity measurements
Bench supply for 7.5Vdc
3
Page 26
Service Aids and Recommended Tools
Refer to the “Service Aids” in Table 2 and “Recommended Service Tools” list in Table 3 for a listing and description of the service aids and tools designed specifically for servicing this family of radios, as well as the more common tools required to disassemble and properly maintain the radio. These kits and/or parts are available from the United States and Canada Radio Products Services Division listed in the “Replacement Parts Ordering” section at the back of this manual.
Field Programming This family of radios can be aligned and programmed in the field. This
requires specific equipment and special instructions. Refer to the applicable “Radio Service Software User's Manual” for complete field programming information.
4
Page 27
The following table lists service aids recommended for working on this family of radios. These items are available from Radio Products Services Division.
Table 2 Service Aids
MOTOROLA PART NO. DESCRIPTION APPLICATION
Servicers Video Tape Video Tape Includes Radio Introduction.
RKN-4035D RIB/Radio/test set cable Connects radio to RTX-4005B Test Box and RIB.
RLN-1014A Battery Eliminator Interconnects radio to power supply.
RLN-1018A Test Fixture Provides for troubleshooting of the radio when the
housing is removed.
RTX-4005B or both RTX-4005A / RPX-4665A
RLN-4460A Portable/Mobile Test Set Provides more convenient testing of mobiles and
RLN-4008B Radio Interface Box (RIB) Enables communications between the radio and the
RLN-1015C 0180302E27 3080390B48
0180357A57 0180358A56
3080369B71 3080369B72
RKN-4036D Cloning Cable Allows a radio to be duplicated from a master radio
RVN-4097L Radio Service Software Software on 3-1/2 in. and 5-1/4 in. floppy disks.
RVN-4098G Radio Service Software
Portable Test Set Field Modification Kit
Smart RIB Power Supply Computer Interface Cable
Wall-mounted Power Supply Wall-mounted Power Supply
Computer Interface Cable Use B72 for the IBM PC AT (7-pin). All other IBM
(HT/JT 1000/VISAR Models Only)
Allows switching for radio testing.
portables.
computer’s serial communications adapter.
Used to read Flashcode. Used to supply power to the Smart RIB. Connects computer serial adapter to Smart RIB.
Used to supply power to the RIB (120 VAC). Used to supply power to the RIB (220 VAC).
models use B71.Connects the computer’s serial communications adapter to the RIB (25-pin).
by transferring programmed data from one radio to another (HT 1000/MT 2000 Models Only).
Software on 3-1/2 in. and 5-1/4 in. floppy disks.
RVN-4138B Radio Service Software
MTX•LS Model
5880348B33 SMA to BNC Adaptor Adapts radio’s antenna port to BNC cabling of test
RLN-4201B Battery Tester Tests battery charge.
RLN-4048A Battery Tester Adapter Adapts HT 1000, JT 1000, MT 2000, MTS 2000, and
RTL-4208A RF Probe 50-ohm, high-frequency probe.
RT-5144/48/0 RT-5144/48/2
Test Probe (black) Test Probe (red)
Software on 3-1/2 in. and 5-1/4 in. floppy disks.
equipment.
MTX Series radio batteries to the RLN-4201 Battery Tester.
Needle-fine test probes for high-density circuitry.
5
Page 28
Service Tools The following table lists the tools recommended for working on this
family of radios; these tools are also available from Motorola. The R-1319A solder/desolder workstation requires the use of some reflow nozzles which are included with the workstation.
Table 3 Recommended Service Tools
MOTOROLA PART NO. DESCRIPTION APPLICATION
R1319A Chip Master Surface Mount
Device (SMD) Rework Station
0180356B79 Solder/Desolder Station For soldering and desoldering thru-hole
0180372E51 Illuminated Magnifying
System
0180386A82 Anti-static Grounding Kit Used during all radio assembly and disassembly
6680384A98 Brush
1010041A86 Solder (RMA type), 63/37,
0.020" diameter, 1 lb. spool
0180303E45 SMD Tool Kit Kit includes chemicals and hand tools required to
6680334E07 Chassis/Front Cover
Separation Tool
6680334E08 Flex Connector Opening Tool Used to raise the sliding portion of the flex
Temperature-controlled, self-contained soldering/ desoldering repair station for installation and removal of surface-mounted devices. Removes RF PA’s.
components.
procedures.
do many SMD rework procedures.
Used to pry the chassis away from the front cover during disassembly.
connectors.
6
Page 29
Transceiver
Performance Testing 3
General The HT 1000, JT 1000, MT 2000, MTS 2000, and MTX series radios
have been prepared to meet published specifications through their manufacturing process, with the use of laboratory-quality test equipment of highest accuracy. The recommended field service equipment approaches the accuracy of the manufacturing equipment with a few exceptions. Accuracy of the equipment must be maintained in compliance with the manufacturer’s recommended calibration schedule.
Setup Supply voltage can be connected from the battery eliminator. The
equipment required for alignment procedures is connected as shown in the Radio Alignment Test Setup diagram.
Initial equipment control settings should be as indicated in the following table, and should hold for all alignment procedures except as noted in Table 4.
Test Mode
Table 4 Equipment Initial Control Settings
SERVICE MONITOR TEST SET POWER SUPPLY
Monitor Mode: Pwr Mon
RF Attn: –70
AM, CW, FM: FM
O'scope Source: Mod O'scope Horiz: 10mSec/Div O'scope Vert: 2.5kHz/Div O'scope Trig: Auto Monitor Image: Hi Monitor BW: Nar Monitor Squelch: mid CW Monitor Vol: 1/4 CW
* When testing TX deviation, where the modulation is greater than
1kHz, set the Service Monitor low pass filter (LPF) to 15kHz.
** The Test Set MT/PL switch controls internal/external audio
switching.
Spkr set: A
Spkr/load: Speaker PTT: OFF (center)
Voltage: 7.5Vdc
DC on/standby: Standby Volt Range: 10
Current: 2.5
RF Test Mode, HT 1000/JT 1000 Radios
NOTE: This note applies to software version R02.09
and earlier. If the radio is placed in TEST MODE
7
Page 30
with Option•Mate interface plug enabled through the HT 1000 RSS, TX and RX audio will be muted. Do not test Analog Voice Security (AVS) installed radios in the TEST MODE.
When the HT 1000/JT 1000 radio is operating in its normal environment, the radio's microcontroller controls the RF channel selection, transmitter key-up, and receiver muting. However, when the unit is on the bench for testing, alignment, or repair, it is removed from its normal environment. It cannot receive commands from its system and, therefore, the internal microcontroller will not key the transmitter nor unmute the receiver. This prevents the use of normal tune-up procedures. To solve this problem a special routine, called TEST MODE or “air test,” has been incorporated in the radio.
To enter test mode:
1. Turn the radio on.
2. Within ten seconds after the self test is complete, press the monitor button (side button 3, SB3) five times in succession. After the fifth press:
a. (HT 1000 radios), a tone is emitted to indicate that the rf test
mode has been entered.
b. (JT 1000 radios), the display will show the firmware version of
the microprocessor for two seconds, emit a tone, then display TEST MODE).
3. Each additional press of SB3 will advance to the next test channel. (refer to Table 6), and a corresponding set of tones will indicate the channel.
4. Pressing SB2 will scroll through and access test environments as shown in Table 5.
NOTE: Transmit into a load when keying a radio
under test.
To exit test mode, turn the radio off then back on.
Table 5 Test Environments, HT 1000/JT 1000 Radios
NO. OF
BEEPS
1 Carrier Squelch RX: if carrier detected
3 Tone Private-Line RX: unsquelch if carrier and tone
DESCRIPTION FUNCTION
TX: mic audio
(192.8Hz) detected TX: mic audio + tone (192.8Hz)
8
4 Digital
Private-Line
RX: unsquelch if carrier and digital code (131) detected TX: mic audio + digital code (131) detected
Page 31
Table 6 Test Frequencies, HT 1000 / JT 1000
NO. OF
BEEPS
1
2
3
4
5
6
TEST
CHANNEL
TX #1 136.025 403.100 450.025 806.0125
RX #1 136.075 403.150 450.075 851.0625
TX #2 142.125 424.850 465.225 815.0125
RX #2 142.175 424.900 465.275 860.0625
TX #3 154.225 438.050 475.225 824.9875
RX #3 154.275 438.100 475.275 869.9375
TX #4 160.125 444.050 484.975 851.0125
RX #4 160.175 444.100 485.025 851.0625
TX #5 168.075 456.350 500.275 860.0125
RX #5 168.125 456.400 500.325 860.0625
TX #6 173.975 463.700 511.975 869.9875
RX #6 173.925 463.650 511.925 869.9375
Control Head Test Mode, HT 1000/JT 1000 Radios
VHF UHF BAND 1 UHF BAND 2 800
To check the buttons and the switches, perform the following tests:
1. Turn radio on.
2. After the self test is complete, press the monitor button (side button 3, SB3) five times in succession, within 10 seconds. After the fifth press, a tone is emitted to indicate that the RF test mode has been entered.
3. Exit the RF test mode and enter the control head test mode by pressing and holding SB3 for more than three seconds. Upon entering the control head test mode, a tone is emitted and the green LED begins flashing. The green LED continues to flash until the control head test mode is exited.
NOTE: Return to the RF test mode by pressing and
holding SB3 for more than three seconds. Then re-enter the control head test mode by pressing and holding SB3 for more than three seconds.
4. Test each switch (toggle, rotary, or button-actuated) by changing the position of the switch. A tone is emitted to indicate a “good test” each time a switch position is changed.
NOTE: Pressing and releasing a button-actuated
switch are both considered switch-position changes.
NOTE: No tone when a switch position is changed
indicates a test failure. Test the on/off volume potentiometer/switch by rotating the potentiometer clockwise and counter
9
Page 32
clockwise. The loudness of tone beeps will increase and decrease accordingly.
NOTE: During test mode, the volume level is not
regulated to the same limits as during normal radio operation.
To exit test mode, turn the radio off then back on.
RF Test Mode, MT 2000, MTS 2000, and MTX Series Radios
When the MT 2000, MTS 2000, or MTX series radio is operating in its normal environment, the radio’s microcomputer controls the RF channel selection, transmitter key-up, and receiver muting. However, when the unit is on the bench for testing, alignment, or repair, it is removed from its normal environment. It cannot receive commands from its system and, therefore, the internal microcomputer will not key the transmitter nor unmute the receiver. This prevents the use of normal tune-up procedures. To solve this problem a special routine, called TEST MODE or “air test,” has been incorporated in the radio.
To enter test mode:
1. Turn the radio on.
2. After the self test is complete, press the monitor button (side button 3, SB3) five times in succession, within 10 seconds.
3. After “RF TEST” appears (on 14-character displays) or “RF TST” appears (on 6-character displays), press the orange button on top of the radio once. “1 CSQ” appears, indicating: test frequency 1, carrier squelch mode.
4. Each additional press of SB3 will advance to the next test channel. (Refer to Table 8.)
5. Pressing SB2 will scroll through and access test environments as shown in Table 7.
Control Head Test Mode, MT 2000, MTS 2000, and MTX Series Radios
10
NOTE: Transmit into a load when keying a radio
under test.
NOTE: Radios without display indicate test-
environment function by emitting a corresponding number of beeps. See Table 7.
To check the display, the buttons, and the switches, perform the following tests:
1. Turn radio on.
2. After the self test is complete, press the monitor button (side button 3, SB3) five times in succession, within 10 seconds.
3. After ”RF TEST” appears on the display, press side button 1 (SB1), “CH TEST” (14-character radio) or “CH TST” (6-character radio) appears on the display.
4. Next, press and hold the orange button on top of the radio; all segments on the display will light, and the LED on the control top will illuminate a yellowish color.
Page 33
5. Release the orange button; ”3/0” appears, which indicates that switch 3 is in the open condition.
6. Press the orange button again; “3/1” appears, which indicates that switch 3 is in the closed condition.
7. Rotate the mode selector knob; ”4/0” thru ”4/15” appears, which indicates that knob 4 is in mode position 1 thru 15.
8. Rotate the concentric switch; ”65/0” and “65/1” appears.
9. Rotate the volume control; “2/0” thru “2/255” appears.
10.Press SB1, view “96/1”; release, view “96/0”
11.Press SB2, view “97/1”; release, view “97/0”
12.Press SB3, view “98/1”; release, view “98/0”
13.Press PTT, view “1/1”; release, view “1/0”
14.Toggle Switch in ‘A’ position “64/0”, ‘B’ position “64/1”, ‘C’ position “64/2”
15.Keypad:
Press 0, view “48/1”; release, view “48/0”
Press 1, view “49/1”; release, view “49/0”
Press 2, view “50/1”; release, view “50/0”
Press 3, view “51/1”; release, view “51/0”
Press 4, view “52/1”; release, view “52/0”
Press 5, view “53/1”; release, view “53/0”
Press 6, view “54/1”; release, view “54/0”
Press 7, view “55/1”; release, view “55/0”
Press 8, view “56/1”; release, view “56/0”
Press 9, view “57/1”; release, view “57/0”
Press *, view “58/1”; release, view “58/0”
Press #, view “59/1”; release, view “59/0”
Press <, view “128/1”; release, view “128/0”
Press HOME, view “129/1”; release, view “129/0”
Press >, view “130/1”; release, view “130/0”
To exit test mode, turn the radio off then back on.
11
Page 34
Table 7 Test Environments, MT 2000, MTS 2000, and MTX Series Radios
NO. OF BEEPS DISPLAY DESCRIPTION FUNCTION
1* CSQ Carrier Squelch RX: unsquelch if carrier detected
TX: mic audio
2 HC Hear Clear** RX: unsquelch if carrier detected
TX: compressed mic audio
3TPLTone
Private-Line
4DPLDigital
Private-Line
5TLSTrunking
Low Speed
6 THS Trunking RX: unsquelch if valid outbound signalling word (OSW)
7DTM
multiple freq.
8 M12 MDC1200 RX: unsquelch if carrier detected without DOS (1800Hz);
9 SEC Secure*** RX: auto-coded clear
* radios without display indicate function by emitting a number of beeps ** on 900 MHz radios only *** on radios equipped with secure option **** not available on all radios
dual-tone RX: unsquelch if carrier detected
RX: unsquelch if carrier and tone (192.8Hz) detected TX: mic audio + tone (192.8Hz)
RX: unsquelch if carrier and digital code (131) detected TX: mic audio + digital code (131) detected
RX: unsquelch if carrier detected TX: mic audio + connect tone (105.8Hz) @ correct deviation
detected High Speed TX: 1500Hz tone
TX: selected DTMF tone pair
squelch if carrier detected with DOS (1800Hz) TX: 1500Hz tone
TX: with key present - encrypted audio with key absent - constant unsquelch
Table 8 Test Frequencies, MT 2000, MTS 2000, and MTX Series Radios
TEST CHANNEL VHF UHF BAND 1 UHF BAND 2 800 900 R-BAND
TX #1 136.025 403.100 450.025 806.0125 896.0125 885.0125 RX #1 136.075 403.150 450.075 851.0625 935.0625 830.0125
TX #2 142.125 424.850 465.225 815.0125 899.0125 885.0125
RX #2 142.175 424.900 465.275 860.0625 938.0625 859.9875 TX #3 154.225 438.050 475.225 824.9875 901.9875 885.0125
RX #3 154.275 438.100 475.275 869.9375 940.9375 859.9875
TX #4 160.125 444.050 484.975 851.0125 935.0125 895.0125 RX #4 160.175 444.100 485.025 851.0625 935.0625 859.9875
TX #5 168.075 456.350 500.275 860.0125 938.0125 905.0125
RX #5 168.125 456.400 500.225 860.0625 938.0625 859.9875
TX #6 173.975 463.700 511.975 869.9875 940.9875 914.9875 RX #6 173.925 463.750 511.925 869.9375 940.9375 859.9875
12
Page 35
Table 9 Receiver Performance Checks
TEST NAME
Reference Frequency
COMMUNICATIONS
ANALYZER
Mode: PWR MON 4th channel test frequency Monitor: Frequency error Input at RF In/Out
Rated Audio Mode: GEN
Output level: 1.0mV RF 4th channel test frequency Mod: 1kHz tone at 3kHz deviation (1.5kHz deviation for 12.5kHz system) Monitor: DVM: AC Volts
Distortion As above, except to
distortion
Sensitivity (SINAD)
As above, except SINAD, lower the RF level for 12dB SINAD.
Noise Squelch
RF level set to 1mV RF As above PTT to OFF (center), Threshold (only radios with conventional system need to be tested)
As above, except change
frequency to a conventional
system. Raise RF level from
zero until radio unsquelches.
RADIO TEST SET COMMENTS
TEST MODE, 4 CSQ output at
PTT to continuous during the performance check)
Frequency error to be ±150Hz
antenna
TEST MODE, 4 CSQ
PTT to OFF (center), meter selector to
Set volume control to
3.74Vrms
Audio PA
As above As above Distortion < 3.0%
As above PTT to OFF (center) RF input to be < 0.35µV
Set volume control to
meter selection to
3.74Vrms Audio PA, spkr/load to speaker
out of TEST MODE; select a
As above Unsquelch to occur at
< 0.25µV. conventional system
Preferred SINAD= 8-10dB
See Table 6 or Table 8 as applicable.
13
Page 36
Table 10 Transmitter Performance Checks
TEST
NAME
Reference Frequency
COMMUNICATIONS
ANALYZER
Mode: PWR MON 4th channel test frequency
RADIO TEST SET COMMENTS
TEST MODE,
4 CSQ Monitor: Frequency error Input at rf In/Out.
Power RF As above. As above, 4
CSQ
Voice Modulation
Mode: PWR MON 4th channel test frequency
As above, 4
CSQ atten to –70, input to RF In/Out, Monitor: DVM, AC Volts Set 1kHz Mod Out level for 0.025Vrms at test set, 80mVrms at AC/DC test set jack
Low-Speed Data Modulation 800/900 UHF
As above. TEST MODE
4TLS
output at
antenna
Voice Modulation (internal)
Mode: PWR MON 4th channel test frequency atten to –70, input to RF In/Out.
TEST MODE,
4 CSQ,
output at
antenna.
High-Speed Data Modulation***
As above. TEST MODE,
4 THS,
output at
antenna.
DTMF Modulation
As above, 4th channel test frequency
TEST MODE,
4 DTMF,
output at
antenna.
PL/DPL Modulation (radios with conventional, clear mode, coded squelch operation only)
Tal k-a rou nd Modulation (radios with conventional, clear mode, talk-around operation only
Change frequency to a conventional transmit frequency, BW to narrow.
Change frequency to conventional talk-around frequency. Mode: PWR MON deviation, attenuation to –70, input to RF In/Out Monitor: DVM, AC volts Mod: 1kHz Out level for 25mVrms
Conventional
coded squelch
personality
(clear mode
operation).
4 TPL
4 DPL
Conventional
talk-around
personality
(clear mode
operation).
1 CSQ
at test set.
Tal k-a rou nd Modulation (radios with conventional, secure mode, talk-around operation only (**)
Change frequency to conventional talk-around frequency. Mode: PWR MON deviation, attenuation to –70, input to RF In/Out Monitor: DVM, AC volts Mod: 1kHz Out level for 25mVrms at test set.
* 800 MHz radios only ** The secure mode, talk-around modulation test is only required for trac mode radios which
do not have clearmode talk-around capability.
*** Trunked Only
When testing voice modulation in the continuous mode, AGC must be disabled. See Table 6 or Table 8 as applicable.
Conventional
talk-around
personality
(secure mode
operation).
Load key into
radio
1 Sec.
14
PTT to continuous
Frequency error to be < 150Hz. (during the performance check).
As above. Refer to Maintenance Specifica
tions page in front of manual. As above, mete
selector to mic.
Deviation:
VH F, UH F, an d 80 0MH z:
3.6kHz but 5.0kHz.
PTT to continuous (during the performance
Deviation:
UHF, 800MHz: 500Hz but
1000Hz. check).
Remove modulation input.
Press PTT switch on radio.
Say “four” loudly into the
radio mic. Measure deviation:
VH F, UH F, an d 80 0MH z:
3.8kHz but 5.0kHz.
900MHz: 2.5kHz. PTT to continuous
(during the performance check).
Deviation:
UHF and 800MHz:
2.4kHz but 3.6kHz.
900MHz: 1.52kHz but 1.95kHz. As above. Deviation:
VH F, UH F, an d 80 0MH z:
3.05kHz but 3.45kHz.
900MHz: 1.5kHz but 1.9kHz. As above. Deviation:
VH F, UH F, an d 80 0MH z:
500Hz but 1000Hz.
900MHz: 250Hz but 500Hz.
As above. Deviation:
UHF and 800MHz: 3.8kHz
but 5.0kHz.
900MHz: 1.95kHz but
2.45kHz.
As above. Deviation:
UHF and 800MHz: 3.6kHz
but 4.4kHz.
Page 37
Error-Code
Displays 4
Power-up Display Codes
At power-up, the radio performs cursory tests to determine if its basic electronics and software are in working order. Problems detected during these tests are presented as error codes on the radio display. The presence of an error code should prompt the user that a problem exists and that a service technician should be contacted.
Self-test errors are classified as either fatal or non-fatal. Fatal errors will inhibit user operation, while non-fatal errors will not. Use Table 11 to aid in understanding particular power-up error code displays.
Table 11 Power-up Display Codes
FAILURE DISPLAY
TYPE OF
14-Character
Display
ERROR 01/02 E01/02 NON-FATAL External EEPROM checksum
ERROR 01/12 E01/12 NON-FATAL Internal EEPROM checksum
ERROR 09/10 E09/10 NOTE: Refer to the Secure Module Appendix “ERROR 09/10” section at the rear of
FAIL 01/81 F01/81 FATAL External ROM/Flash checksum
6-Character
Display
FAILURE
error
error
this manual for more information.
error
DESCRIPTION
Bad external codeplug data
Bad internal codeplug data
Bad ROM data, Defective ROM
POSSIBLE
SOURCE
FAIL 01/82 F01/82 FATAL External EEPROM checksum
error
FAIL 01/84 F01/84 FATAL External EEPROM checksum
blank
FAIL 01/88 F01/88 FATAL External RAM error Defective RAM
FAIL 01/90 F01/90 FATAL Hardware failure Defective IC
FAIL 01/92 F01/92 FATAL Internal EEPROM checksum
error
FAIL 01/93 F01/93 FATAL Flashport security error Improper RSS
FAIL 01/94 F01/94 FATAL Internal EEPROM checksum
blank
FAIL 01/98 F01/98 FATAL Internal RAM error Defective microcontroller
Bad external codeplug data, Defective external EEPROM
Unprogrammed external codeplug data
Bad internal codeplug data, Defective microcontroller
Unprogrammed internal codeplug data
NOTE: Due to the nature of fatal ROM and RAM errors, it may not be possible to present
an error code on the display. In these cases the radio will attempt to display the appropriate error code, generate an illegal mode tone for one second and then reset its microcontroller.
15
Page 38
Operational Display Codes
During operation, the radio performs dynamic tests to determine if it is working properly. Problems detected during these tests are presented as error codes on the radio display. The presence of an error code should prompt a user that a problem exists and that a service technician should be contacted. Use Table 12 to aid in understanding particular operational error code displays.
Table 12 Operational Display Codes
FAILURE CODE
14-Character
Display
FAIL 001 F001 Synthesizer out of lock Bad frequency data in codeplug;
6-Character
Display
DESCRIPTION POSSIBLE SOURCE
defective synthesizer
FAIL 002 F002 Selected Mode (Zone/Channel)
codeplug checksum error
FAIL 100 F100 Incompatible trunking
software and hardware
FAIL 101 F101 Incompatible MDC1200
software and hardware
Bad codeplug data
Trunking hardware decoder disabled in codeplug; old SLIC IC version
MDC 1200 hardware decoder disabled in codeplug; old SLIC IC version
16
Page 39
Radio Alignment
Procedure 5
General An IBM PC (personal computer) and Radio Service Software (RSS) are
required to align the radio. Refer to the applicable RSS manual for installation and setup procedures for the software. To perform the alignment procedures, the radio must be connected to the PC, RIB (radio interface box), and Universal Test Set as shown in Figure 1.
S1347D
POWER
SUPPLY
BATTERY
ELIMINATOR
RLN-1014A
RADIO
SMA-BNC
58-80348B33
PROGRAM/TEST CABLE
RKN-4035A
RIB
RLN-4008B
30 dB PAD
TRANSMIT
30 dB PAD
BNC
RF GENERATOR
RECEIVE
SET TO APPROX. 800mV FOR TX
AUDIO IN
TEST BOX
RTX-4005B
MEASURE 80mV AT THE
AC/DC METER PORT FOR TX
TX
RX
DATA BUSY
GND
SERVICE MONITOR
OR COUNTER
WATTMETER
AUDIO GENERATOR
SINAD METER
AC VOLTMETER
COMPUTER
RIB POWER SUPPLY
01-80357A57 (120V)
Figure 1 Radio Alignment Test Setup
COMPUTER INTERFACE
CABLE
30-80369B71
30-80369B72 (IBM "AT" ONLY)
MAEPF-22856-B
17
Page 40
Service
!
C a u t i o n
Menu
F2
Transmitter
Alignment
Menu
F2 - Reference Oscillator F3 - Tx Power F4 - Tx Dev Balance F5 - Tx Dev Limit F6 - Tx Dev Reference F7 - Tx VCO Crossover
Note: F2 = Function Key 2
F3 F4
Receiver
Alignment
Menu
F2 - Front End (VHF/UHF) F3 - Rated Audio F4 - Squelch (25/30 kHz) F5 - Squelch (20 kHz) F6 - Squelch (12.5 kHz) F7 - RX VCO Crossover
Figure 2 RSS Service Menu Layout
All service and tuning procedures are performed from the SERVICE menu, which is selected by pressing F2 from the MAIN MENU. Figure 2 illustrates how the RSS SERVICE screens are organized.
All SERVICE screens read and program the radio codeplug directly; you do NOT have to use the RSS GET/SAVE functions to use the SERVICE menus. You will be prompted at each screen to save changed values before exiting the screen. RSS references in this manual are to HT 1000 / JT 1000 RSS. Some slight differences may be noted it you are using the MTS/MTX RSS.
Signalling Alignment
Menu
F2 - DTMF F3 - Trunking F4 - MDC 1200
F6
Test Mode Menu
MAEPF-22857-A
18
Do NOT switch radios in the middle of any SERVICE procedure. Always use the EXIT key to return to the MAIN menu screen before disconnecting the radio. Improper exits from the SERVICE screens may leave the radio in an improperly configured state and result in seriously degraded radio or system performance.
The radio contains internal test modes that can be accessed from the RSS. The test modes permit the service technician to easily select various frequency, modulation, and transmit power combinations to verify proper operation of the radio. The test modes can be used to check both transmit and receive operation. From the Service Menu press F6 to navigate to the TEST MODE screen.
The SERVICE screens introduce the concept of the “softpot”, an analog SOFTware controlled POTentiometer used for adjusting all transceiver alignment controls.
Page 41
Each SERVICE screen provides the capability to increase or decrease the ‘softpot’ value with the keyboard UP/DOWN arrow keys respectively. A graphical scale is displayed indicating the minimum, maximum, and proposed value of the softpot, as shown in Figure 3.
015
Min.
Value
Figure 3 Softpot Concept
Adjusting the softpot value sends information to the radio to increase (or decrease) a DC voltage in the corresponding circuit. For example, pressing the UP arrow key at the Reference Oscillator screen instructs the radio microprocessor to increases the voltage across a varactor in the reference oscillator to increase the frequency.
In ALL cases, the softpot value is just a relative number corresponding to a D/A (Digital-to-Analog) generated voltage in the radio. All standard measurement procedures and test equipment are similar to previous radios.
Max.
Value
MAEPF-22858-O
Perform the following procedures in the sequence indicated.
Reference Oscillator Alignment
Adjustment of the reference oscillator is critical for proper radio operation. Improper adjustment will not only result in poor operation, but also a misaligned radio that will interfere with other users operating on adjacent channels. For this reason, the reference oscillator should be checked every time the radio is serviced or once a year, whichever comes first. The frequency counter used for this procedure must have a stability of 0.1 ppm (or better).
1. From the SERVICE menu, press F2 to select TRANSMITTER alignment.
2. Press F2 again to select the REFERENCE OSCILLATOR softpot.
3. Press F6 to key the radio. The screen will indicate that the radio is transmitting.
4. Measure the transmit frequency on your service monitor.
5. Use the UP/DOWN arrow keys to adjust the reference oscillator per the targets shown in Table 13.
Table 13 Reference Oscillator Alignment
BAND TARGET
VHF 0 to 300 Hz
UHF 0 to 300 Hz
800/900 MHz 0 to 300 Hz
19
Page 42
Front-End Pre-Selector (VHF/UHF only)
NOTE: This procedure is only required for tuning the
front-end filter varactors in the VHF and UHF models. The 800 and 900 MHz models utilize a stripline pre-selector.
1. Set the Test Box (RTX4005B) meter selection switch to the “VOL” position, and connect a dc voltmeter capable of 1mV resolution on a 2V scale to the Test Box AC/DC meter port to monitor the Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI).
2. From the SERVICE menu, press F3 to select RECEIVER alignment.
3. Press F2 to select the FRONT END FILTER softpot. The screen will indicate the receive frequencies at which the filter is to be tuned.
4. Set the RF test generator to the first receive frequency +150 Hz. Set the RF level at the radio standard antenna port to 4.0 µVolts with no modulation.
5. Adjust the UP/DOWN arrow keys to obtain a peak voltage on the dc voltmeter.
6. Press F8 to program the softpot value.
7. Repeat steps 4-6 for the remaining test frequencies.
8. Press F10 and F2 to return to the RECEIVER menu.
Rated Audio 1. Set test box (RTX-4005B) meter selection switch to the “AUDIO
PA” position and connect an ac voltmeter to the test box ac/dc meter port.
2. Press F3 to select the RATED AUDIO softpot. The screen will indicate the receive test frequency to be used.
3. Set the RF test generator to the receive test frequency, and set the RF level at the radio standard antenna port to 1 mV modulated with standard test modulation (see Table 14).
Table 14 Standard Test Modulation (1 kHz Tone)
Band Deviation
VHF/UHF/800 MHz 3.0 kHz
900 MHz 1.5 kHz
4. Adjust the UP/DOWN arrow keys to obtain rated audio (as close as possible to 3.74 Vrms) into a speaker (28 ohms) or equivalent resistive load.
5. Press F8 to program the softpot value.
20
6. For HearClear-equipped radios, go to step 7; otherwise press F10 to return to the RECEIVER menu.
7. Now set the RF test generator to the receive test frequency, and set the RF level at the radio standard antenna port to 1 mV modulated with a 1kHz tone, 1.2kHz deviation.
Page 43
8. Select the Hear Clear RATED AUDIO softpot, and adjust the UP/ DOWN arrow keys to obtain rated audio (3.74 Vrms) into a speaker (28 ohms) or equivalent resistive load.
9. Press F8 to program the softpot value.
10.Press F10 to return to the RECEIVER menu.
Squelch NOTE: Verify that audio output is set to rated audio
(3.74 Vrms)
1. Select the 25kHZ squelch tuning menu. (note: 25 kHZ must be tuned before tuning either 12.5kHZ or 20kHZ squelch).
2. With no signal applied, decrease the softpot value until squelch opens. Set the RF test generator to the frequency plus the following offset; (VHF: +200HZ), (UHF: +200HZ), (800MHZ: +500HZ). Adjust the generator for 8 to 10 dB Sinad.
3. Increase the softpot until the squelch closes.
4. Monitor for squelch chatter. If chatter is present, increase the softpot until no chatter is detected. Press F8 to program the softpot value. Press ENTER to select the next softpot adjustment.
5. Repeat step 2 through 4 for all test frequencies shown on the screen.
6. If you are using 25kHZ channel spacing, skip to step 8. Otherwise, go into the 12.5kHZ or 20kHZ squelch tuning menus.
7. Repeat steps 2 through 5.
8. Press F10, then F10 again to return to the service menu.
Transmitter Power VHF and UHF radios require two power-level adjustments, a high-
power or rated-power adjustment, and a low-power adjustment. The low power adjustment is required since the radio may be used in a reduced power mode, or with a vehicular adapter.
NOTE: All power measurements are to be made at the
antenna port.
1. From the SERVICE menu, press F2 to select TRANSMITTER alignment.
2. Press F3 to select the TRANSMIT POWER softpot. The screen will indicate the transmit test frequencies to be used.
3. Begin with the highest test frequency shown.
4. Press F6 to key the radio, and use the UP/DOWN arrow keys to adjust the transmit power per the value shown in Table 15.
5. Press F6 to dekey the radio, and then press F8 to program the value.
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for the remaining test frequencies.
7. Press F10, then F2 to return to the TRANSMIT menu.
21
Page 44
Table 15 Transmit Power Setting
VHF UHF
Power Level Test Frequencies Power Level Test Frequencies
136 - 174MHz 177.975MHz 450 - 512MHz 512 - 520MHz
5 W 5.2 - 5.4 4.2 - 4.4 4 W 4.2 - 4.4 3.2 - 3.4
1 W 1.2 - 1.4 1.2 - 1.4 1 W 1.2 - 1.4 1.2 - 1.4
800 MHz 900 MHz
Power Level All Test Frequencies Power Level All Test Frequencies
3 W 3.2 - 3.4 2.4 W (Typ.)
Transmit Deviation Balance (Compensation)
Compensation alignment balances the modulation sensitivity of the VCO and reference modulation (synthesizer low frequency port) lines. The compensation algorithm is critical to the operation of signalling schemes that have very low frequency components (e.g. DPL) and could result in distorted waveforms if improperly adjusted.
NOTE: Disable all audio band filters on the service monitor.
NOTE: (Secure-Equipped Radios Only)
If a secure module is currently installed in the radio being aligned, refer to the appendix at the rear of this manual. Read section III, “Secure Alignment Procedure”, before performing the transmit deviation balance (compensation) procedure.
1. Press F4 to select the TRANSMIT DEVIATION BALANCE softpot. The screen will indicate the transmit test frequencies to be used.
2. Begin with the lowest test frequency shown on the screen.
2.4 - 2.6
2.9 W (Max.)
22
3. Set the Test Box (RTX4005B) meter selector switch to the “MX DISC” position, and inject an 80Hz tone at 100mVrms into the AC/DC MTR port. Keep the ac voltmeter in parallel to ensure the proper input signal level.
4. Press F6 to key the radio, and measure deviation. Record this measurement.
5. Change the input tone to 3 kHz, 100mVrms and use the UP/ DOWN arrow keys to adjust the deviation to within ±2% of the value recorded in step 4.
6. Change the input tone back to 80 Hz and measure the deviation.
7. Repeat steps 5 and 6 until the 3kHz tone deviation is within ±2% of the 80Hz tone deviation.
8. Press F6 to dekey the radio, and press F8 to program the softpot value. Press ENTER to move to next softpot value.
Page 45
9. Repeat steps 3 through 8 for the remaining test frequencies.
10.Press F10 to return to the TRANSMIT menu. NOTE: The step size change for step 5 is
approximately 2.5% per softpot value. This adjustment should only be made to the 3kHz deviation. Do not adjust the 80Hz deviation.
Transmit Deviation Limit
1. Press F5 to select the TRANSMIT DEVIATION LIMIT softpot. The
screen will indicate the transmit test frequencies to be used.
2. Begin with the lowest test frequency shown on the screen.
3. With the meter selector switch (RTX4005B) set to MIC, inject a
1kHz tone on the AUDIO IN terminal on the test set, 80mVrms as measured on the AC/DC MTR port.
4. Press F6 to key the radio, and use the UP/DOWN arrow keys to
adjust the deviation per the values shown in Table 16.
Table 16 Transmit Deviation Limit
BAND Deviation (KHz)
VHF/UHF/800 MHz 4.30 - 4.60
900 MHz 2.20 - 2.30
5. Press F6 to dekey the radio, and press F8 to program the softpot
value. Press ENTER to move to the next softpot value.
6. Repeat steps 3-5 for the remaining frequencies shown on the
screen.
Transmit Deviation Limit Reference
7. Press F10 to return to the TRANSMIT menu.
NOTE: This procedure is required for VHF, UHF, and
800 MHz models with 20kHz channel spacing and VHF and UHF models with 12.5kHz channel spacing. This procedure is not required for 900MHz models.
1. Press F6 to select the TRANSMIT DEVIATION LIMIT REFERENCE
softpot.
2. With the meter selector switch (RTX4005B) set to MIC, inject a
1kHz tone on the AUDIO IN terminal on the test set, 80mVrms as measured on the AC/DC MTR port.
3. Press F6 to key the radio, and use the UP/DOWN arrow keys to
adjust the deviation per Table 17.
23
Page 46
Table 17 Transmit Deviation Limit Reference
Channel Spacing Deviation (kHz)
20 KHz 3.40 - 3.60
12.5 KHz 2.20 - 2.30
4. Press F6 to dekey the radio, and press F8 to program the softpot value.
5. Press F10 to return to the TRANSMIT menu.
VCO Crossover Frequency
NOTE: This procedure is only required after the field
repair of a VHF or UHF VCO.
In order for a phase-locked-loop to tune very wide bandwidths, both negative and positive control voltages (Vcntl) are required. This procedure sets the crossover frequency at which the negative Vcntl (or –Vee) switches from zero to negative.
Transceiver Board Identification
VHF Radios VHF transceiver board NUD7070 and NUD7085 (“C” and later) kits
include new VCO varactors, and are factory aligned with a new transmit VCO crossover frequency of 164.850MHz.
Since the transmit crossover frequency has changed, whenever transmit VCO crossover alignment (an RSS function) is performed, circuit board identification will be important. The “C” kits can be identified by the circuit board number 5511Y02 or 5511Y32 visible on side 2 of the board, located along the circuit board edge just next to crystal filter FL1. All future VHF transceiver boards will be in the “5511Y” series.
Anytime a controller board or transceiver board is replaced in a radio, it will be necessary to perform the RSS transmit VCO crossover alignment, and check the transmit VCO crossover frequency. The RSS s c r e e n f o r t h i s a l i g n m e n t w i l l s h o w a “ c u r r e n t v a l u e ” b o x with a frequency already assigned, placed inside the box. When performing transmit VCO crossover alignment, first check the transceiver circuit board number. In a VHF radio:
24
If the board number is any “5511Y” series number, other than 5511Y01 or 5511Y31, the transmit VCO crossover frequency in the “current value” box should be 164.850MHz. If it is not, change it to 164.850MHz.
If the board number is 5511Y01, 5511Y31 or any other number not in the 5511Y series, the transmit VCO crossover frequency in the “current value” box should be 161.50500MHz. If it is not, change it to 161.50500MHz.
Page 47
VCO varactors (CR201, 202, and 203) in “C” and later kits are not interchangeable with VCO varactors in earlier kits; Motorola parts and part numbers are different. When replacing a VCO varactor, Identify the transceiver board and order replacement parts from the applicable parts list.
UHF, 403-470MHz Radios UHF transceiver board (403 - 470MHz band split) NUE7231 and
NUE7240 (“C” and later) kits include new VCO varactors, and are factory aligned with a new transmit VCO crossover frequency of
449.500MHz.
Since the transmit crossover frequency has changed, whenever transmit VCO crossover alignment (an RSS function) is performed, UHF band split and circuit board identification will be important.
UHF band split can positively be determined by checking the markings on the power amplifier shield. If the power amplifier shield marking is 25U04 or 85Y10, then the transceiver is a 403 ­470MHz band split. If the power amplifier shield marking is 25U05 or 85Y11, then the transceiver is a 450 - 520MHz band split.
The “C” kits can be identified by the circuit board number 4221J07 or 4221J37 visible on side 2 of the board, located along the circuit board edge just next to crystal filter FL1. All future UHF transceiver boards will be in the “4221J” series.
Anytime a controller board or transceiver board is replaced in a radio, it will be necessary to perform the RSS transmit VCO crossover alignment, and check the transmit VCO crossover frequency. The RSS screen for this alignment will show a “current value” box with a frequency already assigned, placed inside the box. When performing transmit VCO crossover alignment, determine the UHF transceiver band split, and then check the transceiver circuit board number. In a UHF radio (403 - 470MHz range):
If the board number is any “4221J” series number, other than 4221J01 thru 4221J06 or 4221J36, the transmit VCO crossover frequency in the “current value” box should be 449.500MHz. If it is not, change it to 449.500MHz.
If the board number is 4221J01 thru 4221J06, 4221J36, or any other number not in the 4221J series, the transmit VCO crossover frequency in the “current value” box should be 438.025MHz. If it is not, change it to 438.025MHz.
VCO varactors (CR201, 203, 207, 208, and 209) in “C” and later kits are not interchangeable with VCO varactors in earlier kits; Motorola parts and part numbers are different. When replacing a VCO varactor, identify the UHF transceiver band split and the transceiver circuit board number, and then order replacement parts from the applicable parts list.
UHF, 450-520MHz Radios UHF transceiver board (450 - 520MHz band split) NUE7232 and
NUE7241 (“C” and later) kits include new VCO varactors, and are factory aligned with a new transmit VCO crossover frequency of
495.375MHz.
25
Page 48
Since the transmit crossover frequency has changed, whenever transmit VCO crossover alignment (an RSS function) is performed, UHF band split and circuit board identification will be important.
UHF band split can positively be determined by the markings on the power amplifier shield. If the power amplifier shield marking is 25U04 or 85Y10, then the transceiver is a 403 - 470MHz band split. If the power amplifier shield marking is 25U05 or 85Y11, then the transceiver is a 450 - 520MHz band split.
The “C” kits can be identified by the circuit board number 4221J07 or 4221J37 visible on side 2 of the board, located along the circuit board edge just next to crystal filter FL1. All future UHF transceiver boards will be in the “4221J” series.
Anytime a controller board or transceiver board is replaced in a radio, it will be necessary to perform the RSS transmit VCO crossover alignment, and check the transmit VCO crossover frequency. The RSS screen for this alignment will show a “current value” box with a frequency already assigned, placed inside the box. When performing transmit VCO crossover alignment, determine the UHF transceiver band split, and then check the transceiver circuit board number. In a UHF radio (450 - 520MHz range):
If the board number is any “4221J” series number, other than 4221J01 thru 4221J06 or 4221J36, the transmit VCO crossover frequency in the “current value” box should be 495.375MHz. If it is not, change it to 495.375MHz.
TX VCO Crossover Procedure
If the board number is 5521Y03, the transmit VCO crossover frequency in the “current value” box should be 486.025MHz. If it is not, change it to 486.025MHz.
VCO varactors (CR201, 203, 207, 208, and 209) in “C” and later kits are not interchangeable with VCO varactors in earlier kits; Motorola parts and part numbers are different. When replacing a VCO varactor, identify the UHF transceiver band split and the transceiver circuit board number, and then order replacement parts from the applicable parts list.
1. From the SERVICE menu, press F2 to select TRANSMITTER alignment.
2. Press F7 to select the TRANSMIT VCO CROSSOVER softpot. The screen will indicate the transmit test frequency to be used.
3. Connect a dc voltmeter capable of 1mV resolution to test point 5 (TP5), which is accessible through a hole in the bottom side VCO circuitry shield.
4. Beginning with the default softpot frequency of line 2, press F6 to key the transmitter, and adjust the UP/DOWN arrow keys until the voltage reading at TP5 is 3.0 ±0.1 volts. The frequency will increment in steps of 50kHz.
26
5. Press F6 again to dekey the transmitter, and press F8 to program the softpot value.
6. Press F10 twice to return to the SERVICE menu.
Page 49
RX VCO Crossover Procedure
1. From the SERVICE menu, press F3 to select RECEIVER alignment.
2. Press F5 to select the RECEIVE VCO CROSSOVER softpot. The screen will indicate the receive test frequency to be used.
3. Connect a dc voltmeter capable of 1mVolt resolution to test point 5 (TP5), which is accessible through a hole in the bottom side VCO circuitry shield.
4. Beginning with the default softpot frequency of line 2, adjust the UP/DOWN arrow keys until the voltage reading at TP5 is
3.0 ±0.1volts.
5. Press F8 to program the softpot value.
6. Press F10 twice to return to the SERVICE menu.
Signalling Deviation Transmit deviation balance compensation and transmit deviation
limit adjustments should be completed before signalling deviation is adjusted.
DTMF Tuning 1. From the SERVICE menu, press F4 to select SIGNALLING
alignment.
2. Press F2 to select the DTMF softpot.
3. Press F6 to key the radio on the test frequency. The screen will indicate that the radio is transmitting.
4. Measure the DTMF deviation on your service monitor.
5. Use the UP/DOWN arrow keys to adjust the DTMF deviation per Table 18.
6. Press F6 again to dekey the radio.
7. Press F8 to program the softpot value; press F10 to return to the SIGNALLING menu.
High Speed Signalling 1. From the SERVICE menu, press F4 to select SIGNALLING
alignment.
2. Press F3 to select the TRUNKING HIGH SPEED softpot.
3. Press F6 to key the radio on the test frequency. The screen will indicate that the radio is transmitting.
4. Measure the TRUNKING HIGH SPEED deviation on your service monitor.
5. Use the UP/DOWN arrow keys to adjust the TRUNKING HIGH SPEED deviation per Table 18.
27
Page 50
Table 18 Signalling Deviation
Channel Spacing
(kHz)
25 / 30 3.05-3.45 2.5-3.5 3.40-3.75 3.0-4.0
20 (VHF/UHF) 2.44-2.76 2.0-2.8 2.6-3.0 2.4-3.2
20 (821-824, 866-869) 2.44-2.76 2.0-2.8 2.6-3.0 2.4-3.2
12.5 1.55-1.85 1.40-1.75 1.640-1.875 1.5-2.0
DTMF
High
Speed
MDC
6. Press F6 again to dekey the radio.
7. Press F8 to program the softpot value; press F10 to return to the SIGNALLING menu.
MDC 1200 1. From the SERVICE menu, press F4 to select SIGNALLING
alignment.
2. Press F4 to select the MDC softpot.
3. Press F6 to key the radio on the test frequency. The screen will indicate that the radio is transmitting.
4. Measure the MDC deviation on your service monitor.
5. Use the UP/DOWN arrow keys to adjust the MDC deviation per Table 18.
Single Tone
Alignment Procedure Conclusion
6. Press F6 again to dekey the radio.
7. Press F8 to program the softpot value; press F10 twice to return to the SERVICE menu.
The radio alignment procedure is now complete; the radio may be disconnected and returned to service.
28
Page 51
Disassembly and
Reassembly 6
THIS RADIO CONTAINS STATIC-SENSITIVE DEVICES. DO NOT OPEN THE RADIO UNLESS
!
PROPERLY GROUNDED. TAKE THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS WHEN WORKING ON THIS UNIT.
C a u t i o n
1. Store and transport all complementary metal-
2. Ground the working surface of the service
3. Wear a conductive wrist strap in series with a
4. Do not wear nylon clothing while handling
5. Neither insert nor remove CMOS devices
oxide semiconductor (CMOS) devices in conductive material so that all exposed leads are shorted together. Do not insert CMOS devices into conventional plastic “snow” trays used for storage and transportation of other semiconductor devices.
bench to protect the CMOS device. We recommend using the Motorola Static Protection Assembly (part number 0180386A82), which includes a wrist strap, two ground cords, a table mat, and a floor mat.
100k resistor to ground. Replacement wrist straps that connect to the bench top covering are Motorola part number RSX-4015.
CMOS devices.
with power applied. Check all power supplies that are to be used for testing CMOS devices to be certain that there are no voltage transients present.
6. When straightening CMOS pins, provide ground straps for apparatus used.
7. When soldering, use a grounded soldering iron.
8. If at all possible, handle CMOS devices by the package and not by the leads. Prior to touching the unit, touch an electrical ground to remove any static charge that you may have accumulated. The package and substrate may be electrically common. If so, the reaction of a discharge to the case would cause the same damage as touching the leads.
29
Page 52
General Since this product disassembles and reassembles without the use of
any screws, it is important for the technician to pay particular attention to the snaps and tabs, and how parts align with each other.
NOTE: In the disassembly/reassembly procedure, the
numbers in parentheses refer to call-out numbers in the referenced figures.
Disassembly to Board Level
1. Turn off the radio.
2. Remove the battery (see Figure 4). a. Hold the radio such that the battery is tilted down. b. Press down on the two battery-release levers. c. With the release levers pulled down, the top of the battery
will fall away from the radio.
d. Remove the battery completely from the radio.
A
30
Figure 4 Removing the Battery
MAEPF-22524-A
3. Loosen the antenna by turning it in a counterclockwise direction,
and remove it from the radio.
4. Remove the volume on/off knob and the channel selector switch
knob by pulling them off their respective switch shafts.
NOTE: Both knobs slide on and off but fit very snug
on their respective switch shafts. A small flat blade screwdriver may be necessary to help pry the knobs loose. Take care not to mar the surrounding radio surface.
5. Separate the front cover assembly from the internal electronics
(chassis) (see Figure 5).
a. Insert the chassis/front cover separation tool (Motorola part
no. 6680334E07) or like instrument in the slotted area at the bottom center of the radio. Take care not to mar the O-ring sealing area on the housing.
Page 53
Small Flat Blade
Screwdriver
Chassis
Assembly
Front Cover
Assembly
MAEPF-22571-O
Figure 5 Separating the Cover From the Chassis
b. Pry the bottom of the chassis free from the cover by pushing
the separation tool down and rotating the handle of the separation tool over and behind the base of the radio. This prying action forces the thin inner plastic wall toward the base of the radio, which releases the two chassis base tabs.
NOTE: A flexible ribbon cable (front cover/display
flex), which connects to the front cover assembly and the chassis, keeps you from completely separating the two units.
c. Lay the chassis down, and rotate the front cover back and
partially away from the chassis (see Figure 6).
31
Page 54
Unit with early Front Shield
Unit with latest Front Shield
Chassis
Assembly
Front Cover
Assembly
Front Cover/
Display Flex
Front Cover
Assembly
Front Cover/ Display Flex
MAEPF-27016-O
MAEPF-22572-O
Figure 6 Rotating the Front Cover
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS DEPT.
Chassis
Assembly
6. Disconnect the front cover display flex from the connector on the
chassis.
NOTE: A special locking connector secures the flex to
the chassis (see Figure 7).
Top Corner
Pry Here
Top Corner
Pry Here
1/8”
Flex Locked
in Connector
Flex Released
From Connector
Figure 7 Disconnecting the Flex
a. Use the flex connector opening tool, large curved end
(Motorola part no. 6680334E08), or like instrument to help raise the sliding portion of the connector approximately 1/8 of an inch from its seated position. A slight prying action will achieve the best results for unlocking the connector.
b. Remove the flex from the chassis connector.
7. Remove the contoured O-ring/antenna bushing seal from the
chassis.
8. Disconnect the controls flex from the connector on the controller
board by following the procedure in step 6a and 6b.
32
Page 55
NOTE: A large portion of the controls flex is attached to the
g
large metal shield (front shield) with adhesive. Do not remove the controls flex from the front shield.
9. As a unit, separate the control top, the front shield, and the controls flex from the chassis and circuit boards (see Figure 8).
NOTE: Three locking clips (four tabs on early front shield)
secure the front shield to the chassis and hold the RF board and the controller board in the chassis.
Unit with early Front Shield
Control
Top Recessed
Area for
Pryin
Loose
Four (4)
Large Tabs
PTT Switch
Area
Unit with latest Front Shield
Control
Front
Shield
Controls
Flex
MAEPF-22574-A
Top
Recessed
Area for
Prying Loose
Figure 8 Separating Control Top From the Chassis
a. Loosen the front shield by prying each of the three clips (four
tabs on early front shield) away from the chassis. Be careful not to pry the clips/tabs any more than is necessary to free them from their respective retaining slots. To completely loosen the shield from the chassis, a slight lifting and clockwise twisting action may be required.
b. Insert a small, flat-blade screwdriver in the recessed area of
the control top and pry the control top slightly away from the chassis.
Three (3)
Locking Clips
PTT Switch
Area
Front
Shield
Controls
Flex
MAEPF-27017-O
c. Completely remove the control top/front shield/controls flex
unit from the chassis.
10.Carefully remove the RF board and the controller board from the chassis.
33
Page 56
NOTE: The RF board and the controller board are
connected together with a stiff connector strip (P301/P704. See Figure 9.
Controller
Board
RF Board
Connector
Chassis
Strip
MAEPF-22575-A
Figure 9 Removing the RF and Controller Boards
Disassembly of Control Top
1. Remove the rubber controls seal from the control top.
2. Turn the control top such that the grey switch housing cover is facing up.
a. Five retaining clips hold the switch housing cover to the
switch housing. Clips 1, 2, and 3 are important during disassembly (see Figure 10).
NOTE: To perform step 2b, two tools will be required;
your thumbnail or small, flat-blade screwdriver, and a pen, pencil, or another small, flat-blade screwdriver.
b. Using your thumbnail or small, flat-blade screwdriver, lift the
tab that covers the base of the LED approximately 1/16 of an inch from its seated position. While applying constant lifting pressure there, (in order) release clips 1, 2, and 3 with the other tool.
Clip 5
Clip 4
Switch Housing
Cover
Clip 1
34
Switch
Housing
Clip 3
Clip 2
Figure 10 Switch Housing Retaining Clips
Lift
Tab
MAEPF-22576-O
c. The cover will pop loose from the switch housing.
3. Push the three switches and the LED out of the switch housing.
Page 57
4. The remainder of the controls flex is attached to the switch housing with adhesive. Do not remove the flex from the switch housing unless it is absolutely necessary.
Disassembly of Front Cover Assembly
1. On top display model radios only, release the display board by using a “press and pull” action on the top two corners of the display board. Press down on the two top corners of the display board and pull the top of the board away from the two corner retaining tabs. The display board will free itself from the retaining tabs and two retaining slots in the front cover housing.
2. Remove the wedge connector (part of the front cover flex, located behind the universal connector), by sliding it out of the plastic rails that hold it in place. A slight prying action, alternating back and forth on the bottom corners of the connector, achieves the best results. Be careful not to damage the spring contacts on the wedge.
3. Remove the speaker retainer bracket, speaker, microphone, and front cover flex from the front cover housing (see Figure 11).
Small Flat Blade
Screwdriver
Speaker
Retainer Bracket
Retaining
Tab
Sound
Dampening
Pad
Front Cover
Assembly
Figure 11 Removing the Speaker and Flex From the Front Cover
MAEPF-22577-B
NOTE: The speaker and front cover flex are held in
position with a three-leg retainer bracket. The legs of the bracket are secured by slots in the front cover. When removing the retainer bracket, use caution not to damage the speaker.
a. Disengage the retainer bracket leg that points toward the
bottom of the front cover from its retaining tab. (1) Insert a small, flat-blade screwdriver under the base of the
bracket leg near the ring.
(2) Lift the bracket leg until it pops loose from under its
retaining tab.
b. Lift the freed leg of the retainer bracket and use it to pull the
remaining two legs of the bracket out and away from their respective slots in the front cover housing.
c. Pull the rubber microphone boot, containing the
microphone, from its seated position. Unless you are
35
Page 58
replacing the microphone, leave the microphone in the boot.
4. Remove, if necessary, and replace the sound dampening pad.
5. As necessary, replace the speaker and/or microphone while out of the front cover housing.
NOTE: If the microphone is replaced, ensure that the
microphone is reinstalled back into the rubber boot with the microphone port facing the round hole at the bottom of the boot.
6. On front display model radios only, notice that the keypad/display board is secured to the front cover housing using six tabs, three small tabs on one side and three larger tabs on the universal connector side. Remove the keypad/display board by inserting a small flat-blade screwdriver in the circuit board slot provided (slot nearest the top retaining tab on the universal connector side of the radio, see Figure 12). A slight prying action will release the keypad/ display board. If applicable, remove the rubber keypad.
NOTE: Be careful not to mar the front cover housing
O-ring sealing area. Doing so will compromise the sealing integrity of the radio.
Keypad/Display
Board
Six Retaining
Insert Screwdriver Blade in This Slot
Universal
Connector
Tabs
Figure 12 Removing the Keypad/Display Board
Reassembly Reassembly is the reverse of disassembly. Some suggestions and
illustrations are provided to help you more easily reassemble the radio.
Keypad/Display Board (front display model radios only)
1. If applicable, replace the rubber keypad.
2. Place the keypad/display board into the front cover housing at an angle such that the three small slots on the edge of the board slide under the three mating retaining tabs. Ensure that the board slides under the tabs.
3. Near the three larger slots on the other side of the board, use finger pressure to push and press that side of the board down until it snaps into place under the three large retaining tabs.
Front Cover Assembly 1. Place the speaker and microphone into their respective positions
36
in the front cover. Make sure that the speaker is seated properly in the recessed area provided.
Page 59
2. Press the rubber microphone boot into its respective recessed area in the front cover housing. The little rubber flap in the back of the rubber boot should fold up to cover the microphone insertion opening.
3. Reinstall the speaker retainer bracket (see Figure 13).
2. Grasp Clip
Here and Here,Then Push Leg Into Slot
1. Inset Legs Into Slots
Figure 13 Reinstalling the Speaker Retainer Bracket
MAEPF-22578-A
a. Position the spring bracket over the speaker, and toward the
top of the front cover housing; insert the appropriate two legs of the bracket into their respective slots.
b. Grasp the center portion of the spring bracket (ring area) with
thumb and forefinger.
c. While holding the ring area of the spring bracket at
approximately the same height as the speaker’s base, push the remaining leg down and into its respective slot.
4. Orient the wedge connector so that its gold contacts face the gold contacts of the housing. Align the wedge connector with the respective slots in the housing, and slide the connector down into place. Ensure that the wedge connector is fully seated into position.
37
Page 60
5. On top display model radios only, seat the display board by inserting the two display board tabs into their mating slots in the front cover housing. Push the top of the display board toward the top of the radio until the front cover housing retaining tabs engage the display board and secure it into position.
Chassis Inside of the chassis where the RF board fits is a protruding block that
functions as the PA heatsink. To help provide maximum heat transfer, ensure that the PA heatsink block (top surface) includes a thermal pad (Motorola part number 7505922Z01) adhered to it.
Place the RF board and controller board into the chassis. Ensure that the plastic cover that more rigidly holds the two boards together is snapped into place.
Control Top 1. Reinstall the switches and LED into the switch housing.
2. Reinstall the switch housing cover onto the switch housing by sliding tabs 4 and 5 of the cover into their respective clips on the housing. Then press down on the cover to engage tabs 1, 2, and 3.
Control Top/ Front Shield/ Controls Flex as a Unit to Chassis
1. Slide the control top into the appropriate position in the chassis, and place the front shield into position over the chassis and circuit boards.
2. Check to see that the three clip recesses (four large tabs on early front shield) of the front shield are aligned with the respective slots on the sides of the chassis, then snap the front shield in place. Ensure that the shield is fully seated, especially in the PTT switch area.
3. a. Units using early front shield with tabs (no separate clips), skip step three (3); proceed to step four (4). b. Units using latest front shield with separate clips – Insert clip 1 (Motorola part number 4285350C01) onto front shield by orienting clip stamped “1” with front shield recess stamped “1”. Insert the narrow hook end of the clip into the slot of the front shield. While keeping the clip hook in to the front shield slot, press the bent portion of the clip toward the front shield until it snaps into place. The two remaining clips (Motorola part number 4285350C02) are stamped “2”. Insert these clips into the recessed areas on the front shield stamped “2”, and snap them into place as was done with clip stamped “1”.
4. Slide the connector end of the controls flex into the special locking connector mounted on the control board. Ensure that the flex is fully seated into the board connector and secure the connection.
38
NOTE: View the flex connection at a slight angle from
the bottom of the radio (see Figure 14). If the flex is fully seated, the orange circuit plating will be parallel with the connector top surface and three reliefs in the plating will make the flex plating appear to be separated. If the orange plating of the flex is not parallel with the connector's top surface, or the three reliefs
Page 61
are raised enough to see plating under them, then the flex is not fully seated.
Front Cover Assembly to Chassis
Unit with early Front Shield
Flex Not Fully Seated
in Connector
Misaligned
Flex Fully Seated
in Connector
Plating Reliefs
MAEPF-22579-A
Figure 14 Seating the Flex
5. Reinstall the rubber controls top seal on the control top. NOTE: Two tabs are provided in the emergency button
area to help hold the seal in place.
1. Install the contoured O-ring/antenna bushing seal around the
antenna and in the groove provided (see Figure 15).
Unit with latest Front Shield
Contoured O-ring/
Antenna Bushing Seal
Figure 15 Installing the O-Ring/Antenna Bushing Seal
2. Orient the front cover assembly with the chassis, and insert the
front cover/display flex connector into the locking connector of the controller board (refer back to Figure 6). Secure the connection. View the flex connection at a slight angle from the top of the radio and ensure that the flex connector is fully seated into the locking connector as illustrated in Figure 7.
3. Check to make sure that the O-ring is in place, and slide the
chassis (control top first) into the front cover assembly. Check to ensure that the orange emergency button seal slides into position freely.
NOTE: When performing the next part of this step,
pay particular attention to the O-ring near the bottom of the radio to ensure that it does not raise up and get pinched between the front
Contoured O-ring/
Antenna Bushing Seal
MAEPF-27018-O
39
Page 62
cover clip and the chassis.With the top of the chassis fully seated, lower the bottom of the chassis and press it into the front cover assembly until it snaps into place.
4. Check the emergency button again. If it is cocked to one side, repositioning it will be necessary.
Knobs, Antenna, and Battery
1. Reinstall the switch knobs and antenna; the shorter knob with the volume on/off switch, the taller knob with the channel selector switch.
2. Reinstall the battery.
40
Page 63
Maintenance
7
Introduction This section of the manual describes preventive maintenance, safe
handling of CMOS devices, and repair procedures and techniques. Each of these topics provides information vital to the successful operation and maintenance of your radio.
Preventive Maintenance
In order to avoid operating outside the limits set by the FCC, it is recommended that the reference oscillator of the HT 1000, JT 1000, MT 2000, MTS 2000, and MTX radio be aligned every time the radio is disassembled, or once a year, whichever comes first. Periodic visual inspection and cleaning are also recommended.
Inspection Check that the external surfaces of the radio are clean, and that all
external controls and switches are functional. A detailed inspection of the interior electronic circuitry is not needed or desired.
Cleaning The following procedures describe the recommended cleaning agents
and the methods to be used when cleaning the external and internal surfaces of the radio. External surfaces include the front cover, chassis (rear cover), and battery case. These surfaces should be cleaned whenever a periodic visual inspection reveals the presence of smudges, grease, and/or grime. Internal surfaces should be cleaned only when the radio is disassembled for servicing or repair.
The only recommended agent for cleaning the external radio surfaces is a
0.5% solution of a mild dishwashing detergent, such as JOY®, in water. The only factory recommended liquid for cleaning the printed circuit boards and their components is isopropyl alcohol (70% by volume).
Cleaning External Plastic Surfaces
Cleaning Circuit Boards and Components
The effects of certain chemicals and their vapors
!
can have harmful results on certain plastics. Aerosol sprays, tuner cleaners, and other chemicals should be avoided.
C a u t i o n
The detergent-water solution should be applied sparingly with a stiff, non-metallic, short-bristled brush to work all loose dirt away from the radio. A soft, absorbent, lintless cloth or tissue should be used to remove the solution and dry the radio. Make sure that no water remains entrapped near the connectors, cracks, or crevices.
Isopropyl alcohol may be applied with a stiff, non-metallic, short­bristled brush to dislodge embedded or caked materials located in hard-to-reach areas. The brush stroke should direct the dislodged material out and away from the inside of the radio.
41
Page 64
Alcohol is a high-wetting liquid and can carry contamination into unwanted places if an excessive quantity is used. Make sure that controls or tunable components are not soaked with the liquid. Do not use high-pressure air to hasten the drying process, since this could cause the liquid to puddle and collect in unwanted places.
Upon completion of the cleaning process, use a soft, absorbent, lintless cloth to dry the area. Do not brush or apply any isopropyl alcohol to the frame, front cover, or back cover.
NOTE: Always use a fresh supply of alcohol and a
clean container to prevent contamination by dissolved material (from previous usage).
Safe Handling of CMOS Devices
Repair Procedures and Techniques
General
Parts Replacement and Substitution
Complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) devices are used in this family of radios. While the benefits of CMOS are many, their characteristics make them susceptible to damage by electrostatic or high voltage charges. Damage can be latent, resulting in failures occurring weeks or months later. Therefore, you must take special precautions to prevent device damage during disassembly, troubleshooting, and repair. Handling precautions are mandatory for CMOS circuits, and are especially important in low humidity conditions. DO NOT attempt to disassemble the radio without first referring to the CMOS CAUTION paragraph in the Disassembly and Reassembly section of the manual.
Refer to the Disassembly and Reassembly section of the manual for pertinent information prior to replacing and substituting parts.
Special care should be taken to be as certain as possible that a suspected component is actually the one at fault. This special care will eliminate unnecessary unsoldering and removal of parts, which could damage or weaken other components or the printed circuit board itself.
Rigid Circuit Boards This family of radios uses bonded, multi-layer, printed circuit boards.
42
When damaged parts are replaced, identical parts should be used. If the identical replacement component is not locally available, check the parts list for the proper Motorola part number and order the component from the nearest Motorola Communications Parts office listed in the “Replacement Parts Ordering” section of this manual.
Since the inner layers are not accessible, some special considerations are required when soldering and unsoldering components. The printed-through holes may interconnect multiple layers of the printed circuit. Therefore, care should be exercised to avoid pulling the plated circuit out of the hole.
When soldering near the module socket pins, use care to avoid accidentally getting solder in the socket. Also, be careful not to form solder bridges between the module socket pins. Closely examine your
Page 65
work for shorts due to solder bridges. When removing modules with metal enclosures, be sure to desolder the enclosure ground tabs as well as the module pins.
Flexible Circuits The flexible circuits are made from a different material than the rigid
boards, and different techniques must be used when soldering. Excessive prolonged heat on the flexible circuit can damage the material. Avoid excessive heat and excessive bending. For parts replacement, use the ST-1087 Temperature-Controlled Solder Station with a 600 or 700 degree tip, and use small diameter solder such as ST-
633. The smaller size solder will melt faster and require less heat being applied to the circuit.
To replace a component on a flexible circuit, grasp the edge of the flexible circuit with seizers (hemostats) near the part to be removed, and pull gently. Apply the tip of the soldering iron to the component connections while pulling with the seizers. Do not attempt to puddle out components. Prolonged application of heat may damage the flexible circuit.
Specific During all repair procedures, heating neighboring components can be
minimized by:
using upper heat only.
Strip Connector (P301/ P704)
using the correct size heat-focus head, approximately the same size as the carrier being replaced.
keeping the heat focus head approximately 1/8” above the printed circuit board when removing or replacing the device.
If neighboring PBGA components are heated
!
above 365 degrees F. (185 degrees C.), they will suffer die-bond delamination and possible “popcorn” failure.
C a u t i o n
On the latest version HT 1000, JT 1000, MT 2000, MTS 2000, and MTX series radios, a strip connector, two female connectors and a strain relief electrically connect the RF board with the controller board. On earlier versions of these radios, the RF board and controller board were connected using a jumper flex that soldered directly to the circuit board solder pads.
An interconnect kit, REX4350A, is available to retrofit earlier version jumper-flex radios with the later version strip connector parts. The REX4350A kit includes the following items:
CONNECTOR, Female (J301) 0905461X01
CONNECTOR, Female (J704) 0905461X01
CONNECTOR, Male (P301/P704) 0905461X01
STRAIN RELIEF 4205507X01
INSTRUCTIONS 6880309F14
43
Page 66
Jumper Flex (on radios shipped prior to 7/94)
Jumper flexes are not available. They are replaced with connectors as described in paragraph “a” of this section. If the jumper flex needs to be replaced, order Interconnect Kit REX4350A. The retrofit kit includes all of the parts required and detailed instructions on the removal of the old jumper flex, and the installation of the new connector arrangement.
RF Switch (S101): Refer to the applicable exploded view and to your radio's RF board
(antenna contact area) to locate the RF switch components.
NOTE: The RF switch spring and the RF switch piston
must be ordered separately.
To Remove the RF Switch: 1. On VHF and UHF radios, unsolder the two tabs of the RF switch
bracket that secure the RF switch to the RF board. On 800MHz and 900MHz radios, use a #2 slotted screwdriver to straighten the two tabs of the RF switch bracket that wrap around the RF board. Use your forefinger to hold the RF switch bracket to the RF board while straightening the tabs to avoid lifting the solder tabs on the opposite end of the RF switch bracket.
2. Refer to Figure 16 and use a small heat-focus head to distribute heat over the area occupied by the three solder tabs until the solder softens.
3 Solder
Tabs
Figure 16 Solder Tabs
3. Carefully lift the RF switch assembly away from the rf board. Notice that the RF switch circuit board remains attached (soldered) to the RF board.
4. Using the same heat-focus head as in steps (2) and (3), unsolder the RF switch circuit board, and remove it from the RF board using forceps.
5. In the RF switch circuit board area, reflow all the solder pad areas on the main RF board such that similarly shaped pads have uniform solder heights. Add or remove solder as required. Clean the RF board thoroughly. Then swab on a minimum amount of flux to each of the solder pads.
To Replace the RF Switch: 1. Place the RF switch assembly on the RF main board and gently
heat. Visually inspect to make sure no flux migrated onto the gold plated areas of the RF switch board. The guide pins should provide self alignment between the two circuit boards. Visually inspect the
44
Page 67
plastic switch housing to ensure that it has not warped due to overheating.
2. While holding the RF switch bracket firmly against the RF board:
VHF and UHF radios - solder the two leads of the housing to the solder pads on the RF board.
800MHZ and 900MHz radios - bend the two tabs around the side of the RF board as close to the board edge as possible to hold the bracket down tightly.
3. Insert the new RF switch spring and RF switch piston into the RF switch assembly. The contacts of the piston should be facing the gold-plated pads of the RF switch board. Once the spring and piston are inserted into the RF switch, they will be retained by the switch.
Chip Components Use either the RLN-4062 Hot-Air Repair Station or the Motorola
0180381B45 Repair Station for chip component replacement. When using the 0180381B45 Repair Station, select the TJ-65 mini-thermojet hand piece. On either unit, adjust the temperature control to 700 degrees F. (370 degrees C), and adjust the airflow to a minimum setting. Airflow can vary due to component density.
1. To remove a chip component, select a hot- air hand piece and position the nozzle of the hand piece approximately 1/8” (0.3cm) above the component to be removed. Begin applying the hot air. Once the solder reflows, remove the component using a pair of tweezers. Using solder wick and a soldering iron or a power desoldering station, remove the excess solder from the pads.
Plastic-Ball Grid-Array (PBGA), Over-Molded Pad­Array Carrier (OMPAC), and Glob Top Components
2. To replace a chip component using a soldering iron, select the appropriate micro-tipped soldering iron and apply fresh solder to one of the solder pads. Using a pair of tweezers, position the new chip component in place while heating the fresh solder. Once solder wicks onto the new component, remove the heat from the solder. Heat the remaining pad with the soldering iron and apply solder until it wicks to the component. If necessary, touch up the first side. All solder joints should be smooth and shiny.
3. To replace a chip component using hot air, select the hot-air hand piece and reflow the solder on the solder pads to smooth it. Apply a drop of solder paste flux to each pad. Using a pair of tweezers, position the new component in place. Position the hot-air hand piece approximately 1/8” (0.3cm) above the component and begin applying heat. Once the solder wicks to the component, remove the heat and inspect the repair. All joints should be smooth and shiny.
The term Plastic-Ball Grid-Array (PBGA) will be used to describe most of this products type of modules. PBGA modules may be the construction of an Over-Molded Pad-Array Carrier (OMPAC) component or “Glob Top” component. A U204 synthesizer component in one radio may be an OMPAC and the same U204 synthesizer in another radio may be a Glob Top. The two components look a little different, but are electrically the same and are interchangeable.
45
Page 68
!
C a u t i o n
If neighboring PBGA components are heated
!
C a u t i o n
above 365 degrees F. (185 degrees C.), they will suffer die-bond delamination and possible “popcorn” failure. To prevent this delamination problem, circuit boards to be repaired must be baked in an oven for eight hours at 260 degrees F. (125 degrees C.) prior to solder repairs.
All pad-array carriers in these radios, except for the IF IC (U3), are PBGA components. Prior to use, all PBGA components must be kept in the sealed bag (with moisture-indicator card) as supplied by the Motorola Parts Department. Once the sealed bag is opened and/or the PBGA component subjected to ambient humidity (for an unknown amount of time or for more than 96 hours) then that PBGA component must be baked in an oven for at least eight hours at 260 degrees F. (125 degrees C.)
During all repair procedures, heating neighboring components can be minimized by:
using upper heat only.
using the correct size heat-focus head, approximately the same size
as the carrier being replaced.
keeping the heat focus head approximately 1/8”-1/4” (0.3cm-
0.6cm) above the printed circuit board when removing or replacing the device.
To Remove a PBGA Component, select the R-1319 Rework Station and the appropriate heat- focus head
(approximately the same size as the PBGA. Attach the heat-focus head to the chimney heater. Adjust the temperature control to approximately 415 degrees F (215 degrees C); 445 degrees F (230 degrees C) maximum. Apply the solder paste flux around the edge of the PBGA. Place the circuit board in the circuit board holder, and position the PBGA component under the heat-focus head. Lower the vacuum tip and attach it to the PBGA component by turning on the vacuum pump. Lower the heat-focus head until it is approximately 1/ 8”-1/4” (0.3cm-0.6cm) above the carrier. Turn on the heater and wait until the PBGA component lifts off the circuit board. Once the part is off, grab it with a pair of tweezers and turn off the vacuum pump. Remove the circuit board from the R-1319’s circuit board holder.
46
Page 69
The application of heat to the PBGA device, beginning at ambient air temperature and
!
C a u t i o n
ending with the PBGA component lifting from the circuit board, should take longer than 60 seconds. If the PBGA component lifts from the circuit board earlier than 60 seconds:
check the temperature control setting on
lift the heat-focus head an additional 1/8”
check the circuit board plating for possible
the rework station, and if OK
from nominal setting, and
damage.
To Replace an PBGA compo­nent,
the solder pads on the board must first be cleaned of all solder to ensure alignment of the new chip carrier. Prepare the site by using solder wick and a soldering iron to remove all solder from the solder pads on the circuit board. If a power desoldering tool is available, it can be used instead of the solder wick. Clean the solder pads with alcohol and a small brush. Dry and inspect. Ensure that all solder is removed.
Once the preparation is complete, place the circuit board back in the circuit board holder. Add solder paste flux in the trench of the flux block and spread it using a one-inch putty knife. Flux the PBGA component by placing it in the trench of the flux block. Once the flux is applied, place the PBGA component on the circuit board, making certain that it is oriented correctly on the board. Position the heat­focus head over the PBGA component and lower it to approximately 1/8”-1/4” (0.3cm-0.6cm) over the carrier. Using the same heat setting used to remove the PBGA component, turn on the heater and wait for the carrier to reflow (heating and reflow should take longer than 60 seconds).Watch the PBGA component reflow and note that when a proper reflow has taken place, the PBGA component will drop (usually one side, then the other). The end result is that both sides have reflowed, and the PBGA component is sitting parallel to the circuit board.
Once the carrier reflows, raise the heat-focus head and wait approximately one minute for the part to cool. Remove the circuit board and inspect the repair. No cleaning should be necessary.
Thin Small Outline Package (TSOP) Components
Removing and Replacing a TSOP Component:
will be done with the R-1319, using the same procedure used to remove and replace an PBGA component.
Place the circuit board in the circuit board holder. Select the proper heat focus head and attach it to the heater chimney. Position the TSOP component under the heat-focus head. Lower the vacuum tip and attach it to the component by turning on the vacuum pump. Lower the focus head until it is approximately 1/8”-1/4” (0.3cm-0.6cm) above the component. Turn on the heater and wait until the TSOP lifts off the circuit board.
47
Page 70
Shields
Once the part is off, turn off the heat, grab the part with a pair of tweezers, and turn off the vacuum pump. Prepare the circuit board for the new component by applying solder paste flux to the solder pads. Position the circuit board under the heat-focus head, lower the head to approximately 1/8”-1/4” (0.3cm-0.6cm) above the board, and turn on the heat. When the solder left behind on the pads reflows, turn off the heat and raise the heat-focus head. Remove the circuit board from the holder and inspect the pads to ensure that the solder has flattened out and that there are no solder shorts. Clean the area with alcohol and a small brush.
Once the preparation is complete, place the circuit board back in the circuit board holder. Add solder paste flux to the solder pads and place the new component on the circuit board. Position the heat-focus head over the component and lower it to approximately 1/8”-1/4” (0.3cm-
0.6cm) above the carrier. Turn on the heater and wait for the component to reflow.
Once the component reflows, raise the heat-focus head and wait approximately one minute for the part to cool. Remove the circuit board and inspect the repair. No cleaning should be necessary.
Removing and Replacing the Shields:
will be done with the R-1319, using the same procedure used to remove and replace TSOP and PBGA components.
Place the circuit board in the circuit board holder. Select the proper heat focus head and attach it to the heater chimney. Add solder paste flux around the base of the shield. Position the shield under the heat­focus head. Lower the vacuum tip and attach it to the shield by turning on the vacuum pump. Lower the focus head until it is approximately 1/8”-1/4” (0.3cm-0.6cm) above the shield. Turn on the heater and wait until the shield lifts off the circuit board. Once the shield is off, turn off the heat, grab the part with a pair of tweezers, and turn off the vacuum pump. Remove the circuit board from the circuit board holder.
To replace the shield, add solder to the shield if necessary, using a micro-tipped soldering iron. Next, rub the soldering iron tip along the edge of the shield to smooth out any excess solder. Use solder wick and a soldering iron to remove excess solder from the solder pads on the circuit board. Place the circuit board back in the circuit board holder. Place the shield on the circuit board using a pair of tweezers. Position the heat-focus head over the shield and lower it to approximately 1/ 8”-1/4” (0.3cm-0.6cm) above the shield. Turn on the heater and wait for the solder to reflow.
Once complete, turn off the heat, raise the heat-focus head, and wait approximately one minute for the part to cool. Remove the circuit board and inspect the repair. No cleaning should be necessary.
RF PA (U105) The procedure for removing and replacing the RF PA is very similar to
48
the procedure for removing and replacing an PBGA or a TSOP component. But because the device is large, extra heating time is required to flow the pads. And as a result, neighboring components (especially those on the opposite side of the circuit board) will heat,
Page 71
reflow, and may inadvertently move. Be careful when performing the following procedure.
Refer to Figure 17 for RF PA nomenclature.
PA Cover
Leads
Slab
Solder
Pads
Figure 17 RF PA Nomenclature
To Remove the RF PA, add flux to the leads of the device, and use a soldering iron and pair of
tweezers to heat and lift each lead free and clear of its respective solder pad on the circuit board. Use the R-1319 Rework Station and the heat­focus head designed especially for removal of the RF PA. Attach the heat-focus head to the chimney heater. Adjust the temperature control to approximately 415 degrees F (215 degrees C) 445 degrees F (230 degrees C) maximum. Apply solder paste to the exposed solder pads under the PA. Place the circuit board in the circuit board holder, and position the RF PA under the heat-focus head. Lower the heat-focus head until it is approximately 1/8”-1/4” (0.3cm-0.6cm) above the PA cover. Turn on the heater and begin the reflow cycle. Heating time should not be less than two minutes.
Once the part has reflowed, before trying to remove the PA, carefully lower the circuit board holder as follows:
Loosen the thumbscrew on the shaft of the circuit board holder,
push the spring-loaded holder down and away from the heat-focus
head, and
retighten the thumbscrew with the holder in the bottomed position.
Grab the PA with a large pair of tweezers and remove it from the circuit board. Let the circuit board cool for approximately two minutes. Then remove the circuit board from the circuit board holder.
To Replace the RF PA; if necessary, add solder to the PA ground plane on the printed circuit
board. Then clean each PA lead solder pad on the circuit board to ensure alignment of the new RF PA. Prepare the sight by using solder wick and a soldering iron to remove all solder from the solder pads. Clean the solder pads with alcohol and a small brush. Dry and inspect. Ensure that all solder is removed.
Once the preparation is complete, place the circuit board back in the circuit board holder. Add solder paste flux to the ground plane and to the leads’ solder pads. Once the flux is applied, place the new RF PA on the circuit board, making certain that the PA heatsink sits flush on the board. Position the heat-focus head over the RF PA and lower it to approximately 1/8”-1/4” (0.3cm-0.6cm)) above the PA cover. Turn on
49
Page 72
the heater and begin the reflow cycle. Heating time should not be less than two minutes.
Once the RF PA reflows, raise the heat-focus head and wait approximately two minute for the part to cool. Remove the circuit board and inspect the solder joint between the slab and the ground plane. No cleaning should be necessary. Use the soldering iron and add solder to each of the RF PA leads and associated pads. Inspect the lead/ pad bond for opens and solder shorts.
50
Page 73
Exploded Views
There are several models in this family of radios: HT 1000, JT 1000, MT 2000, MTS 2000, and MTX Series radios.The exploded view diagrams in this section illustrate this family of radios by capturing them into one of four categories:
basic radios
top-display radios
keypad radios
uni-board radios
Determine which category describes your unit, and use the appropriate exploded view to help identify components with description and Motorola part number.
8
51
Page 74
Basic Radios and Basic Radios with Option Mate Optional Front Cover
ITEM
MOTOROLA
NO.
3A
3B
10 See Note 1 MICROPHONE (MK401) 11 1405330W01 BOOT, Microphone 12 8405310W04 FLEX, Front Cover/Display 13 8405333W03 FLEX, Controls 14 3905517V01 POPPLE, PTT (p/o S406) 15 3605253V01 KNOB, On/Off/Volume 16
16A
17
17A
18 3205160W01 SEAL, Actuator; for S101 19 2205159W01 PIN, Actuator; for S101 20 3205514W01 SEAL, Accessory Connector 21 3205177Z01 SEAL, Control Top 22 3205178Z01 SEAL, Emergency Button 23 2705877U01 HOUSING, Switch 24 See Note 1 SWITCH, Toggle (S402) 25 See Note 1 POTENTIOMETER/SWITCH, On/Off/Volume
26 3905329W01 POPPLE, Emergency Button
PART N O.
1 4505896U01 LEVER, PTT 2 3205902U01 SEAL, PTT, and ACTUATOR for S404, S405,
1505627V05
or 1505627V03
1505637V06
or 1505637V07
4 - - - - - - - - - - LABEL, Agency Approval; not field
5 3305183R55 LABEL, Motorola 6 3305183R56 LABEL, HT1000 7 3505535X02 FELT, Speaker 8 See Note 1 SPEAKER (LS401) 9 0705470V01 BRACKET, Speaker Retainer
3605254V02
or 3605254V01
3605636V01
1305872U02
or 1305872U01
1305698V01
S406, and S408 COVER, Front
COVER, Front; Option•Mate COVER, Front; DTMF COVER, Front; DTMF Option•Mate
replaceable
KNOB, Frequency; 2-Freq. Radios KNOB, Frequency; 16-Frequency Radios KNOB, Frequency; Option•Mate
ESCUTCHEON, Control Top; 2-Freq. Radios ESCUTCHEON, Control Top; 16-Freq. Radios ESCUTCHEON, Control Top; Option•Mate
Control (R401/S403)
DESCRIPTION
27 See Note 1 LED (CR400A/CR400B) 28 See Note 1 SWITCH, Frequency (S401) 29 1505632V01 COVER, Switch Housing 30 - - - - - - - - - - SPRING, PA; not field replaceable, order front
31 4205507X01 STRAIN RELIEF 32 See Note 1 CONNECTOR, Strip (P301/P704) 33 See Note 2 PLUG, Connector (P404) 34 3205820V02 SEAL, Connector Plug 35 - - - - - - - - - - LABEL, Rear; Information; not field
36 3205176Z01 O-RING, Contoured/SEAL, Antenna 37 2605891U03
or 2685351C01
38 See Note 1 SWITCH, RF (S101) 39 - - - - - - - - - - LABEL, Barcode; not field replaceable 40 4105266V01 SPRING, RF Switch 41 4405524V01 PISTON, RF Switch 42 1405307X01 INSULATOR 43 1505892U06 CHASSIS (Rear Cover) 44 3905838V01 CONTACT, Antenna Shield Ground (800MHz
45 2605898U01 SHIELD, PA (800MHz and 900MHz radios
46 7505334W01 PAD, Sound Dampening 47 7505437W01 KEYPAD, DTMF 48 5102463J08 CIRCUIT BOARD, DTMF 49 7505393N33 PAD, Shock 50 3205827V01 WEDGE, Universal 51 7505922Z01 PAD, Thermal 52 1305633V01 RING, Concentric; Escutcheon 53 3605635V01 Knob, Concentric Ring 54 1405307X07 TAPE, Insulator (trim to size, 0.3” x 0.2”)
shield (item 37)
replaceable
SHIELD, Front (earlier radios) SHIELD, Front (latest radios; requires CLIPs, Locking: 4285351C01 [Numbered 1, 1 req’d] and 4285351C02 [Numbered 2, 2 req’d])
and 900MHz radios only)
(only)
Notes: 1. Refer to electrical parts list (miscellaneous)
2. Refer to electrical parts list (transceiver board)
52
Page 75
Top-Display Radios
ITEM
MOTOROLA
NO.
10 See Note 1 MICROPHONE (MK401) 11 1405330W02 BOOT, Microphone 12 8405641V02 FLEX, Front Cover/Display 13 8405333W03 FLEX, Controls 14 3905517V01 POPPLE, PTT (p/o S406) 15 3605253V01 KNOB, On/Off/Volume 16 3605636V01 KNOB, Frequency 17 1305698V01 ESCUTCHEON, Control Top 18 3205160W01 SEAL, Actuator; for S101 19 2205159W01 PIN, Actuator; for S101 20 3205514W01 SEAL, Accessory Connector 21 3205177Z01 SEAL, Control Top 22 3205178Z01 SEAL, Emergency Button 23 2705877U01 HOUSING, Switch 24 See Note 1 SWITCH, Toggle (S402) 25 See Note 1 POTENTIOMETER/SWITCH, On/Off/Volume
26 3905329W01 POPPLE, Emergency Button 27 See Note 1 LED (CR400A/CR400B) 28 See Note 1 SWITCH, Frequency (S401)
PART N O.
1 4505896U01 LEVER, PTT 2 3205902U01 SEAL, PTT, and ACTUATOR for S404, S405,
3 1505627V04 COVER, Front 4 - - - - - - - - - LABEL, Agency Approval; not field replace-
5 3305183R55 LABEL, Motorola 6 3305183R70
or 3305183R71
or 3305183R94 7 3505535X02 FELT, Speaker 8 See Note 1 SPEAKER (LS401) 9 0705470V01 BRACKET, Speaker Retainer
S406, and S408
able
LABEL, MT 2000 LABEL, MTS 2000 LABEL, MTX
Control (R401/S403)
DESCRIPTION
29 1505632V01 COVER, Switch Housing 30 - - - - - - - - - SPRING, PA; not field replaceable, order front
31 4205507X01 STRAIN RELIEF 32 See Note 1 CONNECTOR, Strip (P301/P704) 33 See Note 2 PLUG, Connector (P404) 34 3205820V02 SEAL, Connector Plug 35 - - - - - - - - - LABEL, Rear; Information; not field
36 3205176Z01 O-RING, Contoured/SEAL, Antenna 37 2605891U03
or 2685351C01
38 See Note 1 SWITCH, RF (S101) 39 - - - - - - - - - LABEL, Barcode; not field replaceable 40 4105266V01 SPRING, RF Switch; part of item 39 41 4405524V01 PISTON, RF Switch; part of item 39 42 1405307X01 INSULATOR 43 1505892U06 CHASSIS (Rear Cover) 44 3905838V01 CONTACT, Antenna Shield Ground (800MHz
45 2605898U01 SHIELD, PA (800MHz and 900MHz radios
46 7505334W01 PAD, Sound Dampening 47 Not Used 48 Not Used 49 7505393N33 PAD, Shock 50 1305633V01 RING. Concentric; Escutcheon 51 3605635V01 KNOB, Concentric Ring 52 5105238U82 LCD, Top Display 53 7505922Z01 PAD, Thermal
shield (item 37)
replaceable
SHIELD, Front (earlier radios) SHIELD, Front (latest radios; requires CLIPs, Locking: 4285351C01 [Numbered 1, 1 req’d] and 4285351C02 [Numbered 2, 2 req’d])
and 900MHz radios only)
only)
Notes: 1. Refer to electrical parts list (miscellaneous)
2. Refer to electrical parts list (transceiver board)
53
Page 76
Keypad Radios
ITEM
NO.
1 4505896U01 LEVER, PTT 2 3205902U01 SEAL, PTT, and ACTUATOR for S404,
3A 3B
4 - - - - - - - - - LABEL, Agency Approval; not field
5A 7505870U01 KEYPAD, 15-key 5B 7505870U02 KEYPAD, 6-key
6 5105238U83 MODULE, Display 7 3305183R55 LABEL, Motorola 8 3305183R70 LABEL, MT2000
9 3505535X02 FELT, Speaker 10 See Note 1 SPEAKER (LS401) 11 0705470V01 BRACKET, Speaker Retainer 12 See Note 1 MICROPHONE (MK401) 13 1405330W02 BOOT, Microphone 14 8405310W04 FLEX, Front Cover/Display 15 8405333W03 FLEX, Controls 16 3905517V01 POPPLE, PTT (p/o S406) 17 3605253V01 KNOB, On/Off/Volume 18 3605636V01 KNOB, Frequency 19 1305633V01 RING, Concentric; Escutcheon 20 3605635V01 KNOB, Concentric Ring 21 1305698V01 ESCUTCHEON, Control Top 22 3205160W01 SEAL, Actuator; for S101 23 2205159W01 PIN, Actuator; for S101 24 3205514W01 SEAL, Accessory Connector 25 3205177Z01 SEAL, Control Top 26 3205178Z01 SEAL, Emergency Button
MOTOROLA
PAR T NO.
1505637V04 1505637V05
or 3305183R71 LABEL, MTS2000 or 3305183R94 LABEL, MTX
or 3305409X06 LABEL, JT 1000
S405, S406, and S408 COVER, Front; Full Keypad
COVER, Front; Limited Keypad
replaceable
DESCRIPTION
27 2705877U01 HOUSING, Switch 28 See Note 1 SWITCH, Toggle (S402) 29 See Note 1 POTENTIOMETER/SWITCH, On/Off/
30 3905329W01 POPPLE, Emergency Button 31 See Note 1 LED (CR400A/CR400B) 32 See Note 1 SWITCH, Frequency (S401) 33 1505632V01 COVER, Switch Housing 34 - - - - - - - - - SPRING, PA; not field replaceable, order
35 4205507X01 STRAIN RELIEF 36 See Note 1 CONNECTOR, Strip (P301/P704) 37 See Note 2 PLUG, Connector (P404) 38 3205820V02 SEAL, Connector Plug 39 - - - - - - - - - LABEL, Rear; Information; not field
40 3205176Z01 O-RING, Contoured/SEAL, Antenna 41 2605891U03
or 2685351C01
42 See Note 1 SWITCH, RF (S101) 43 - - - - - - - - - LABEL, Barcode; not field replaceable 44 4105266V01 SPRING, RF Switch 45 4405524V01 PISTON, RF Switch 46 1405307X01 INSULATOR 47 1505892U06 CHASSIS (Rear Cover) 48 3905838V01 CONTACT, Antenna Shield Ground
49 2605898U01 SHIELD, PA (800MHz and 900MHz radios
50 7505393N33 PAD, Shock 51 7505922Z01 PAD, Thermal
Volume Control (R401/S403)
front shield (item 41)
replaceable
SHIELD, Front (earlier radios) SHIELD, Front (latest radios; requires CLIPs, Locking: 4285351C01 [Numbered 1, 1 req’d] and 4285351C02 [Numbered 2, 2 req’d])
(800MHz and 900MHz radios only)
only)
Notes: 1. Refer to electrical parts list (miscellaneous)
2. Refer to electrical parts list (transceiver board)
54
Page 77
Uni-board Radios
ITEM
NO.
MOTOROLA
PART NO.
1 4505896U01 LEVER, PTT 2 3205902U01 SEAL, PTT, and ACTUATOR for S404, S405,
3 1505627V05 COVER, Front 4 - - - - - - - - - - LABEL, Agency Approval; not field
5 3305183R55 LABEL, Motorola 6 3305252X18 LABEL, MTX•LS 7 3505535X02 FELT, Speaker 8 See Note 1 SPEAKER (LS401)
9 0705470V01 BRACKET, Speaker Retainer 10 See Note 1 MICROPHONE (MK401) 11 1405330W01 BOOT, Microphone 12 8405310W04 FLEX, Front Cover/Display 13 8405333W03 FLEX, Controls 14 3905517V01 POPPLE, PTT (p/o S406) 15 3605253V01 KNOB, On/Off/Volume 16 3605254V01 KNOB, Frequency; 16-Frequency 17 1305872U01 ESCUTCHEON, Control Top; 16-Freq. 18 3205160W01 SEAL, Actuator; for S101 19 2205159W01 PIN, Actuator; for S101 20 3205514W01 SEAL, Accessory Connector 21 3205177Z01 SEAL, Control Top 22 3205178Z01 SEAL, Emergency Button 23 2705877U01 HOUSING, Switch 24 See Note 1 SWITCH, Toggle (S402)
S406, and S408
replaceable
DESCRIPTION
25 See Note 1 POTENTIOMETER/SWITCH, On/Off/
26 3905329W01 POPPLE, Emergency Button 27 See Note 1 LED (CR400A/CR400B) 28 See Note 1 SWITCH, Frequency (S401) 29 1505632V01 COVER, Switch Housing 30 1405307X01 INSULATOR 31 - - - - - - - - - - SPRING, PA; not field replaceable, order
32 See Note 2 PLUG, Connector (P404) 33 3205820V02 SEAL, Connector Plug 34 - - - - - - - - - - LABEL, Rear; Information; not field
35 - - - - - - - - - - LABEL, Barcode; not field replaceable 36 3205176Z01 O-RING, Contoured/SEAL, Antenna 37 2605891U03
or 2685351C01
38 1505892U06 CHASSIS (Rear Cover) 39 3905838V01 CONTACT, Antenna Shield Ground 40 2605898U01 SHIELD, PA 41 7505334W01 PAD, Sound Dampening 42 7505393N33 PAD, Shock 43 3205827V01 WEDGE, Universal 44 7505922Z01 PAD, Thermal
Volume Control (R401/S403)
front shield (item 37)
replaceable
SHIELD, Front (earlier radios) SHIELD, Front (latest radios; requires CLIPs, Locking: 4285351C01 [Numbered 1, 1 req’d] and 4285351C02 [Numbered 2, 2 req’d])
Notes: 1. Refer to electrical parts list (miscellaneous)
2. Refer to electrical parts list (transceiver board)
55
Page 78
Notes
56
Page 79
Component Location
S
Diagrams, Parts Lists, and
Schematic Diagrams 9
Introduction
General Transceiver components and controller components reside on
separate circuit boards. Refer to the model charts located in the front of this manual (prior to Section 1) to determine the controller board and transceiver board unique to your model radio. Then locate the appropriate transceiver board and controller board component location diagram, schematic diagram, and parts list located in this section of the manual.
Component location diagrams of the controls flex, two front cover/ display flexes, and the strip connector are also located in this section. A miscellaneous parts list accompanies the flex circuits.
Almost all circuit boards in this family of radios are either six or eight layers. Layer 1 is the outer most layer viewed from side 1, and layer 6 or 8 (as applicable) is the outer most layer viewed from sine 2. A typical 8-layer circuit board detail, viewing copper steps in proper layer sequence, is illustrated in Figure 18.
SIDE 1
LAYER 1 (L1) LAYER 2 (L2) LAYER 3 (L3) LAYER 4 (L4) LAYER 5 (L5) LAYER 6 (L6) LAYER 7 (L7) LAYER 8 (L8)
SIDE 2
Figure 18. Circuit Board Layers
INNER LAYER
MAEPF-18828-A
Transceiver Frequently, transceivers that use a common transceiver board will be
combined into one component location diagram, one schematic diagram, and one parts list. The differences between transceivers will be noted throughout the applicable parts list.
Controller Frequently, controllers that use a common controller board will be
combined into one component location diagram, one schematic diagram, and one parts list. The differences between controllers will be noted throughout the applicable parts list.
Schematic and Circuit Board Notes
Most all of the schematic diagrams in this manual include specific notes. Typically the notes are colored red to make them stand-out
57
Page 80
from the overall schematic. The following two notes are general and apply to all schematic and circuit board applications.
1. Unless otherwise stated, resistor values are in ohms (k = 1000), capacitor values are in picofarads (pF) or microfarads (µF), and inductor values are in microhenrys (µH) or nanohenrys (nH).
2. DC voltages are measured from point indicated to chassis ground using a high impedance (10 megohm) Motorola DC voltmeter or equivalent. Transmitter measurements should be made with a
1.2uF choke in series with the voltage probe to prevent circuit loading.
Reference Designator Assignment
Interconnect Tie Point Legend
Reference designators are assigned in the following manner:
Units Series = Receiver
100 SERIES = Transmitter
200 SERIES = Frequency Generation
300 SERIES = Miscellaneous
400 SERIES = Housing/Escutcheon
500 SERIES = Display
600 SERIES = Hear Clear Option
700 SERIES = Controller
5V REG = Regulated Five Volts B+ = Battery Voltage (7.5V) R5 = Receiver Five Volts T5 = Transmitter Five Volts CLK = Clock D=Data DAC = Digital To Analog Converter DAC RST = DAC Reset LCK = Lock NC = No Connection SYN = Synthesizer VR = Voltage Regulator
Integrated Circuit Details with Pin-Out Names
58
Because of today’s technology, integrated circuits and special modules are able to perform a vast amount of functions in a single component. The components are getting smaller and the number of IO pins is getting greater, to the point that there is not enough room to put enough IC information on the schematics and circuit boards. To help troubleshoot and signal trace this family of radios, several of the IC’s are detailed with pin-out names and illustrated on the next few pages.
Remember that PBGA components in a radio can be a combination of OMPAC and/or Glob Top. Although the illustrations on the next few pages reflect OMPAC devices, like Good-by components are electrically the same.
Page 81
C BIAS
7
6
A
A
MAEPF-24677
V CON
INT CAP OUT
REF V
THERM TX 5V
AUX TX IN
VAG OUT
VAG CAP
BIAS RES
REF ATN
VCO ATN
GND A MIC IN
TX IN
PRE MP
LIM IN
DACO
RSSI
U101, ALC U102, D/A
GND
RF DET
INT CAP IN
ANODE 1
CATH 1
RX_D/A
TXI1TXI1TXI1
35U52 X
WLYWW
ANODE 2
RT BIAS
TX_D/A
R/T
RX 1
TXI2 CATH 2
B+2
BIAS EN
BIAS
MAEPF-24670-A
RX 5V
U204, SYNTHESIZER
MODIN
CEX
CLK
DATA
DC5V
LOCK
AUX4
AUX3
AUX2
AUX1
LETTERING SIZE:
REQUIRES:
EDITOR DATECHECKERDATE
JWB
JP
VMULT 4 VMULT 3 VMULT 2
VMULT 1
FREFOUT
DC5
A/D BYPASS
XTAL 1 XTAL 2
A/D BYPASS
SUPFCAP
SUPFBASE
57W98 X WLYWW
DC5V
PREIN
SUPFIN
SUPFOUT
DC5V
PVREF
TEST 1
GND
5/17/94
6/6/94
VCP ADAPT_SW IADAPT IOUT
TF 6/3/94
MODOUT CPBIAS 1 CPBIAS 2
Illustrator
CORRECTEDASMARKED
ISS.
TEST 2
A
REVISION
O.K. AS IS
O.K. AS MARKED
6/6/94
RLSE.
JWB
MAEPF-24675-A
6/6/94
RLSE.
JP
( )
( )
U701, ASFIC
NC
EXT MIC IN
VOX OUT
MIC AMP OUT
DCAP
LCAP
GCB0
PL LIM
GCB1
LOW SP CAP
GCB2
GCB3
GCB4
GCB5
35U45 X
WLYWW
ANT_EN
BIAS_EN
35U51 X
WLYWW
REF_D/A
ILLUSTRATOR DATEENGINEERDATE PROGRAM DISK
DESCRIPTION
JEDI/VISAR
ALC IC
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS DEPT.
DWG. NO.
MAEPF-24670
CHECK
ONE
LETTERING SIZE:
REQUIRES:
JWB
6/6/94
MARKED
ISS.
A
UNIV IO PL CLK
REVISION
MDC REF OUT VDD
6/6/94
JWB
RLSE.
LOOP CAP
6/6/94
GND D
RLSE.
JP
UP CLK XTAL OUT XTAL IN DATA CLOCK PGM EN
TRK CLK IN
DTMF CLK
SQ DET
GND
ILLUSTRATOR DATEENGINEERDATE PROGRAM DISK
EDITOR DATECHECKERDATE
JP 5/17/94
TF 6/3/94
Illustrator
CORRECTED
AS
O.K. AS IS
O.K. AS MARKED
CHECK
ONE
( )
( )
U203, REF. OSC.
CLOCK
RESET
DATA
REG5V
SW1
SWC
CE* SC4 SC3
SC2 SC1
SW2
MAEPF-24671-A
NC16 NC17 NC18
NC1 NC2 NC3 NC4
NC15
NC5
NC13
NC14
VSSD/VSSA
XXXXX
16.8 M
NC6
DET
CEXT
SI
YYWW
DE
U601, HEAR CLEAR
ILLUSTRATOR DATEENGINEERDATE PROGRAM DISK
LETTERING SIZE:
REQUIRES:
EDITOR DATECHECKERDATE
DESCRIPTION
JWB
JP
VAG
IC ENAB
GND
EXP OUT
JEDI/VISAR
D/A IC
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS DEPT.
DWG. NO.
MAEPF-24671
CHECK
ONE
COMP OUT
CFB BYPASS
COMP BUF OUT
AMP2OUT
EXP ADJ
LO DSAB
HCI DSAB
N FIL IN
N FIL OUT
CLIP REF
35U50 X
WLYWW
NOISE HOLD
DESCRIPTION
SYNTHESIZER
JEDI/VISAR
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS DEPT.
U702, AUDIO PA, Open Controller
DWG. NO.
MAEPF-24675
U706, AUDIO PA, Closed Controller
VCC
BOOTCAP1
RSSI IN
FF CTRL
FF IN
ISS.
A
REVISION
6/6/94
RLSE.
JWB
6/6/94
RLSE.
JP
FF OUT
AMP3OUT
5/17/94
6/6/94
TF
6/3/94
Illustrator
CORRECTED
AS
MARKED
O.K. AS IS
O.K. AS MARKED
( )
( )
FF ENABLE
GND
VCC
AMPIN PLOUT
35U49 X
WLYWW
PLIN
REGOUT
GND
SO
SCK
SS
LE
VDD1
FOUT
VOPT
VREG
MAEPF-25991-O
HI ENAB EXP IN
EXP BYPASS
CPN ENAB COMP BYPASS
COMP CAP COMP BUF IN
MAEPF-24677-A
GND
NC12 NC11 NC10 NC9 NC8 NC7 VDD2
A
AMP1OUT BOOTCAP2
BOOTCAP3
6/3/94
EXT/INT SPKR
6/3/94
AMP EN
EXTMICIN
INTMICIN INTMICEN
LETTERING SIZE:
REQUIRES:
JWB
6/6/94
MARKED
ISS.
REVISION
RLSE.
JWB
RLSE.
JP
ILLUSTRATOR DATEENGINEERDATE PROGRAM DISK
EDITOR DATECHECKERDATE
JP 5/17/94
6/3/94TF
Illustrator
CORRECTED
AS
O.K. AS IS
O.K. AS MARKED
CHECK
ONE
( )
( )
HEAR CLEAR
PL IN
RX IN
SQ IN
AUX RX IN
EXT VOL IN
EXP AUD IN
UNAT RX OUT
RX LIM CAP
RX AUD OUT
RESET
RX LIM OUT
TIMING CAP
CH ACT
LETTERING SIZE:
REQUIRES:
ILLUSTRATOR D
EDITOR D
DESCRIPTION
JWB
JP 5/1
6/
REG
MICEN
FREQCOMP
MAEPF-24673-A
MICAMPOUT
LETTERING S
REQUIRES:
59
Page 82
U705, MICROCOMPUTER
A
Open Controller
PA0
PA1
PA2
PA3
PA4
PA5
PA6
PA7
VDD
PD5
PD4
MOSI
MISO
PD1
PD0
PG0
U705, MICROCOMPUTER
Closed Controller
VRH
VRL
VSS AD
PF0
PF1
PF2
PF3
PF4
PF5
PF6
PF7
PE0
PE1
PE2
PE3
PE4
PE5
PE6
PE7
PG 0
VDD AD
A15 A14 A13 A12
A11
10 A9
A8
PE0 PE4
A7 A6
A5 A4
A3
A2 A1
A0
PE1
PE5
PE2
PE6
35U47 X WLYWW
PE3
PE7
VSS
VRL
VRH
MODA
MODB
ECLK
R/W*
EXTAL
XTAL
MAEPF-24672-A
U710, SLIC IV
Open Controller
PJ0
PJ1
PJ2
VDD4
VSS4
ECLK
OEB
BOOTSTRB
PJ7
PJ5
PJ3
LHRSTOB
LHRSTI
PJ6
PJ4
A1
A2
DECIN
A0 A3
OVERRIDE
POR
PK0
A4
PK3
SCNEN
PL0
VSS1
VDD1
PK4 PL4
PL3 PK1
SLIC IV P3
57W06 0
TXPG028NP06
PL1
PK2 PL2
RTSBIN
A14IN
4XOUT
4XECLK
D3
RWBIN
D0
PG1
PG2 PG3
PG4 PG5
PG6 PG7
IRQ XIRQ
RESET D7 D6
D5 D4
D3 D2 D1
D0
MEMRWB
VSSR VDDR
XTAL
EXTAL
VDD SYN
XFC
RESET
MODA/LIR
LETTERING SIZE:
REQUIRES:
JWB
6/6/94
MARKED
ISS.
A
REVISION
6/6/94
RLSE.
JWB
6/6/94
RLSE.
JP
D2
RXDIN
D6 D5
D1 D4 IRQB
HC11RST D7 AV VDD3
VSS3 PH0
CE
PH1
PH2 PH3 RTSBOUT
SCNSLB PH4
SCIRXD PH5
IRQ PC0 PC1 PC2 PC3 PC4 PC5 PC6 PC7
E
PD0 PD1 PD2
EDITOR DATECHECKERDATE
JP
5/17/94
TF
6/3/94
Illustrator
CORRECTED
AS
O.K. AS IS
O.K. AS MARKED
ONE
( )
( )
ILLUSTRATOR DATEENGINEERDATE PROGRAM DISK
DESCRIPTION
OPEN CONTROLLER
MICROCOMPUTER
JEDI/VISAR
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS DEPT.
DWG. NO.
MAEPF-24672
CHECK
PA7
PD3
PD5
PD4
A2 A1
A0 I/00 I/01 I/02
GND
I/03 I/04 I/05 I/06 I/07
CE
MAEPF-25990-O
A10
A3 A4 A5 A6
A7 A12 A14
VDD
WE
CE2/A13
A8
A9 A11
MAEPF-25992-O
OE
35U56 X
WLYWW
PA0
PA2
PA6
PA5
PA3
PA1
PA4
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
U714, SCRAM
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 28 27 26 25 24 23 22
VDD
U713, EEPROM
DESCRIPTION
WLYWW
ILLUSTRATOR DATEENGINEERDATE PROGRAM DISK
JP
EDITOR DATECHECKERDATE
JWB
LETTERING SIZE: REQUIRES:
84256A-IOLL
YYWW T39
PB2
PB3
PB4
PB5
PB6
PB7
VSS
JEDI/VISAR
MICROCOMPUTER
25U98 X
CLOSED CONTROLLER
5/17/94
TF
6/6/94
PB1
PB0
MAEPF-24678-A
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS DEPT.
DWG. NO.
A3
14
MAEPF-24678
A4
13
A5
12
A6
11
Illustrator
6/3/94
10
CORRECTED AS
9
MARKED
ISS.
8 7
A
6 5 4 3 2 1
A7 A12
REVISION
A14 VCC WE A13 A8 A9 A11 OE
8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
O.K. AS IS O.K. AS MARKED
A2 A1 A0 DQ0 DQ1 DQ2 VSS DQ3 DQ4 DQ5 DQ6 DQ7 CE1 A10
NC PG1
PG2 PG3 PG4
PG5 PG6 PG7
VSSL VSS VDDL VDD XIRQ
MOD B PH7 PH6 PH5 PH4
PH3 PH2
PH1 PH0
RLSE.
JWB
6/6/94
CHECK
6/6/94
ONE ( ) ( )
RLSE.
JP
PL5
PK5
PK7
PM1
PM2
PM0
VSS2
PM3
VDD2
ROM1CSB
A14OUT
EE1CSB
EE2CSB
ROM2CSB
A15OUT
A15IN
PK6
60
PL6
PL7
PH7
PH6
MAEPF-24674-O
Page 83
Universal Connector Pin Numbers and Signal Assignments
FROM P402
1
2
RF GROUND RF HOT
Universal Connector Option Select (OPT SEL) Definition
1
2
3
4
5
6
FROM P403
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
MODE # MODE OPT SEL 1 OPT SEL 2 COMMENT
00 External PTT 0 0
01 External
Audio
0 1 External Speaker
OPTION SELECT 1 EXTERNAL SPEAKER EXTERNAL MICROPHONE OPTION B+ OPTION SELECT 2 SPEAKER COMMON REQUEST TO SEND GROUND BUSY CLEAR TO SEND TRANSMIT DATA MODE CONTROL DATA
10 Mandown 1 0
11 Normal
Operation
A MTVA Fixed Audio Output
B“SMART
SB9600
Accessory
CExternal RF
Modem/FAX
11
Level
Identifies SB9600
Accessory
Enables AUX TX
and Discriminator
Audio Output
61
Page 84
MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS DEPT.
S S
D
6
Jedi VHF RF 8405511Y35.E
ILLUSTRATOR DATEENGINEERDATE PROGRAM DISK
JP 12/18/97
EDITOR DATECHECKERDATE
JWB
LETTERING SIZE:
REQUIRES:
MAEPF-26300-O
DWG. NO.
MAEPF-26301
Illustrator CORRECTED
AS MARKED
ISS.
O
REVISION
O.K. AS IS O.K. AS MARKED
NUD7091B, NUD7092B, NUD/PMUD7095B, AND NUD7096B VHF (136-178MHz)
62
TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’ PARTS LIST AND COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAMS
MAEPF-26301-O
Page 85
63
REFERENCE
SYMBOL
MOTOROLA
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
CAPACITOR, Fixed: pF ± 5% 50V unless stated
C4 2113931F13 330 C6 2113930F22 6.2 ± 0.25pF C7 2113930F13 2.7 ± 0.25pF C8 2113930F32 16 C9 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed C11 2113931F49 10nF C12 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed C13 2113931F49 10nF C14 2311049A66 22µF C15 2113931F49 10nF C16 2113930F27 10
or 2113740F20 5.1 ± 0.25pF, used in NUD7091B,
NUD7092B, NUD7096B C31 2113931F49 10nF C33 2113930F26 9.1 C34, 35 2113930F43 47 C36 2113930F18 4.3 C38 2113930F13 2.7 C39 0662057B47 0 C40 2113930F51 100 C41 2113743A19 0.1µF C42 thru 46 2113743A23 0.22µF C47 2109720D14 0.1µF C48 2113741F16 430 C49 2311049A04 0.33µF C50 2113932K15 0.1µF C52 2113741A51 0.18µF C53 2113743B17 0. 150µF C54 2113931F13 330 C55 2113930F37 27 C56, 57 2113930F42 43 C58 2113930F11 2.2 C60 2113932K15 0.1µF C61 2109720D14 0.1µF C62 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed C63 2113932K15 0.1µF C65 2113931F49 10nF C70 2113931F49 10nF C71, 72 2113931F13 330 C77 2113932K15 0.1µF C80 2113930F39 33 C82 2113931F49 10nF C83 2113931F49 10nF C84 2113931F49 10nF C85 2311049A60 10µF; 4V C86 2113930F22 6.2 C87 2113930F32 16 C88 2113930F25 8.2 C90 2113930F18 4.3 C95 2113930F33 18 C96 2113931F49 10nF C97 2113740A32 13 C98 2113931F13 330 C99 2113930F39 33 C101 2113932K15 0. 1µF C102 2113931F13 330 C103 2311049J26 10µF, 16V C104 2311049A54 3.3 µF; 16V C105 2113931F13 330 C106 2311049J26 10µF, 16V C107, 108 2113931F13 330 C109 2311049A07 1µF ± 10%; 16V C111 2113931F13 330 C112 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed C113 2113931F13 330 C115 2113932K03 33 nF C116 2113930F03 1 C118 2113932K15 0. 1µF C121 2113931F13 330 C123 2113932K15 0. 1µF C125, 126 2311049A54 3.3µF; 16V C128 2311049A07 1µF ± 10%; 16V C129 2113930F03 1 C130 2113930F28 11 C132 2113930F23 6.8 C133 2113930F09 1.8 C135 2113931F13 330 C139 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed C140, 141, 146 2113931F13 330 C147 2113932E07 22nF C148 2113930F20 5.1 C149, 150 2113930F34 20 C151 2113930F27 10 C152 thru 154 2113931F13 330 C161 2113932K15 0. 1µF C162 2113931F13 330 C163 2113930F44 51 C164 2113930F51 100 C165 2311049A86 1µF; 10 V C202 2113930F27 10 C203 2113930F20 5.1 C204 2113931F13 330 C205 2113930F14 3 C206 2113931F20 620 C207 2113930F03 1 C208 2113930F22 6.2
C209 2113932K15 0.1µF C210 2113932E07 22nF C211 2113931F13 330 C212 - - - - - - - - - Not P laced C213 2113930F21 5.6 C214 - - - - - - - - - Not P laced C219 2113930F27 10 C220 2113930F31 15 C221 2113931F13 330 C222 2113930F24 7.5 C223 2113906C02 ATC, 4pF C225 2113930F08 1.6 C226 2113930F46 62 C227, C228 211393 1F13 330 C230 2113930F29 12 C231 2311049A60 10 µF, 4V C233 2113931F13 330 C235 2113930F31 15 C236 2113930F28 11 C237 2113930F30 13 C238 2113931F25 1nF C240 2113906C02 ATC, 4pF C241 2113930F38 30 C243 2113930F36 24 C244 2109720D09 22nF C245 2113931F25 1nF C246 2109720D09 22nF C247 2311049A07 1µ F ± 10%; 16V C248 2113932K15 0.1µF C250 2113931F25 1nF C251 2113931F13 330 C252 2113931F49 10nF C253 2311049J23 10µF, 6V C254 2113928L05 4.7µF C255 2113931F25 1nF C256, 257 2113931F49 10nF C258 2311049J11 4.7µF, 16V C259 2311049A33 0. 22µF C260 2113932K05 39nF C266, 267 2113931F49 10nF C270 2113931F25 1nF C271 2385688A01 4. 7µF; 10V C274 - - - - - - - - - Not P laced C277 2113931F13 330 C280 2113930F51 100 C284 2113931F49 10nF C285, 286 2113931F13 330 C287 2113930F14 3 C288 2113931F13 330 C289 2109720D09 22nF C291, 292 2113932E07 22nF C293 - - - - - - - - - Not P laced C294 2113931F13 330 C303 2113932E07 22nF C304 2113931F13 330 C305 2113930F51 100 C306 2113930F51 100 C307 2113930F51 100 C308 2113930F51 100 C309 2113931F37 3.3nF C310 2113931F13 330 C311 2113931F37 3.3nF C314 - - - - - - - - - Not P laced C315 2113931F13 330
DIODE: See Note 1
CR1 4862824C01 Varactor CR2 4862824C01 Varactor CR3 4862824C01 Varactor CR4 4862824C01 Varactor CR5 4862824C01 Varactor CR6 4862824C01 Varactor CR7 4862824C01 Varactor CR8 4862824C01 Varactor CR9 4862824C01 Varactor CR11 4805129M96 Pin CR12 4805218N57 Dual CR102 4805129M67 Dual CR103 4805129M67 Dual CR108 4802482J02 Pin CR109 4802482J02 Pin CR201 4802245J29 Varactor CR202 4862824C03 Varactor CR203 4862824C03 Varactor CR204 4802233J09 Triple CR205 4802233J09 Triple CR206 4805129M06 Dual CR207 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed CR208 4802245J29 Varactor
CORE:
E101 248465 7R01 Bead, Ferrit e
FUSE:
F1 6505757V01 1-Amp
FILTER:
FL1 4802655J05 Crystal, 44.85MHz, See Note 2
CONNECTOR:
FOIL 2602 819X02 Shield, Foil VCO Back
G1 3905643V01 Cont act, Antenna Ground G2 3905643V01 Co ntact, Ground
JACK:
J301 0905461X03 Connector; 20 contacts J401 3905264W01 Contact, Antenna
COIL, RF:
L3 2462587T42 47nH L4 2462587T41 39nH L5 2462587T42 47nH L6 2462587T15 100nH, used in NUD 7092B,
NUD7095B
or 2462587T13 68nH , used in NUD7091B,
NUD7096B L7 2462587T16 120nH L8 2462587T17 150nH L9 2462587T15 100nH L10 2462587T12 56nH L11 2460591M12 4 turns, airwound L12 2462587T23 4 70nH L13 2460591N36 5 turns, airwound L14 2460591N36 5 turns, airwound L16 2460591M12 4 turns, airwound L19 2462587T20 2 70nH L20 2462587N69 1 .2µH L22 2462587T30 1 µH L23 2462587Q50 1.8 µH L24 2462587T23 4 70nH L25 2462587Q20 2.2 µH L30 2462575A21 47nH L32 2462587Q20 2.2 µH L33 2462587Q20 2.2 µH L101 246258 7T30 1µH L105 246258 7T30 1µH L121 246258 7T30 1µH L122 246258 7T30 1µH L126 246059 1K82 12 turns, airwou nd L127 2460591G2 4 9 tur ns, airwound L128 246059 1K82 12 turns, airwou nd L130 246258 7T30 1µH L131 246258 7T30 1µH L201 2462587T 40 33nH L204 246258 7T30 1µH L205 2462587V 28 33nH L208 246258 7T30 1µH L209 246258 7T30 1µH L210 2462587T 39 27nH L211 2462587T 12 56nH L212 2462587T 14 82nH L213 246258 7T30 1µH L215 246258 7T30 1µH L216 2462587T 41 39nH L217 246258 7T30 1µH L218 246258 7T30 1µH L219 2462587T 38 22nH L220 246258 7T17 150nH L221 246258 7Q42 390nH L222 246258 7Q42 390nH L223 246258 7T18 180nH L224 246258 7Q40 270nH L225 246258 7Q20 2.2µH L301 246258 7Q47 1µH L302 246258 7Q47 1µH P404 3905861X0 2 Co nnector, battery, 2-pin
TRANSISTOR: See Note 1 Q1 4 805218N63 NPN Q4 4 805218N63 NPN Q5 4 880048M04 PNP Q101 4805128M16 PNP Q104 4805921T02 P NP NPN Q105 4805921T02 P NP NPN Q107 4805921T02 P NP NPN Q108 4802245J10 NPN dual Q110 4813822A10 PNP Q201 4802245J15 JFET Q202 4805218N55 NP N
RESISTOR, Fixed: ± 5%.0625W
unless stated
R1 0662 057A01 10 R2 0662 057A91 56K R4 0662 057A73 10K R5 0662 057A73 10K R7 0662 057A25 100 R8 0662 057A41 470 R16 0662057A59 2700 R17 0662057A80 20K R32 0662057A59 2700 R33 0662057A59 2700 R34 0662057A89 47K R35 0662057A89 47K R40 0662057A35 270 R41 0662057A09 22 R42 0662057A35 270 R43 0662057A42 510 R44 0662057A77 15K R45 0662057A90 51K R46 0662057A89 47K R47 0662057A09 22 R49 0662057A53 1500
R50 0662057A63 3900 R51 0662057B05 200K R70 0662057A53 1500 R72 0662057A25 100 R73 0662057A73 10K R101 0662057C01 0 +.050 R102 0662057A65 4700 R106 0662057A61 3300 R110 0662057A57 2200 R111 0662057A67 5600 R112 0662057B22 1.0 MEG R113 0662057A73 10K R114 0662057A77 15K R115 0660078L28 180k ± 1% R116 0662057G19 130k ± 1%; 0.1W R117 0662057A89 47K R126 0662057A18 51 R127 0662057A15 39 R130 0662057A65 4700 R131 0662057A97 100K R132 0662057A97 100K R199 0662057B47 0
or- - - - - - - - - Not Placed in NUD7092B,
NUD7095B R203 0662057A09 22 R204 0662057A80 20K R205 0662057A84 30K R206 0662057A80 20K R207 0662057A80 20K R208 0662057A65 4700 R209 0662057A42 510 R210 0662057A42 510 R211 0662057A20 62 R212 0662057A44 620 R213 0662057A35 270 R214 0662057A88 43K R215 0662057A84 30K R217 0662057A84 30K R218 0662057A97 100K R219 0662057A09 22 R220 0662057A56 2000 R221 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed R222 0662057A51 1200 R223 0662057A89 47K
THERMISTOR:
RT101 0605621T02 50k
SWITCH: S101 4005831W01 SWITCH LONG RF
or- - - - - - - - - Not used in NUD7091B, NUD7096B
TRANSFORMER:
T1 2 505515V08 Balun: 4:1 T2 2 505515V11 Balun: 16:1
MODULES: See Note 1
U1 5105457W50 RF amplifier U2 5105457W52 Mixer U3 5186296A02 ZIF U101 5105835µ52 TX ALC U102 5105835µ51 DAC U103 5160880B02 5V Regulator U104 5102001J69 Stripline Coupler U105 5105385Y36 5 -watt PA U201 5102227J37 VCO U202 5105469E65 5V Regulator U203 5105385Y42 Ref. Oscillator, 16.8MHz U204 5105457W81 Synthesizer
MECHANICAL PARTS
ME1 2602657J01 SHIELD, VCO ME2 2602658J01 SHIELD, Pendulum ME3 2602659J01 SHIELD, ZIF ME4 2602661J01 SHIELD, Varactor Filter, VHF ME5 2602832X01 SHIE LD, ZIF Back ME6 2602674J02 SHIELD, VCO Back ME7 2602675J01 SHIELD, Synthesizer, Back ME8 2602815X01 SHIE LD, Fixed Tuned Filter
Electrical Parts List, VHF Transceivers
NUD7091B, NUD7092B, NUD/PMUD7095B, NUD7096B
Notes:
1. For optimum performance, order replacement diodes, transistors, and circuit modules by Motorola part number only.
2. When ordering crystals , specify carrier frequency, crystal frequency, crystal type number, and Motorol a part number.
3. “Not Placed” means that components are for future use, and are not placed on the circuit bo ard at this time.
Page 86
64
U1
RF AMPLIFIER
U102
D/A IC
U101
TX ALC IC
156MHz
6.7Vdc (RX)
5V REG
P401
2.3Vdc
5Vdc
NC
2
-49dBm
*
0Vdc (RX)
5Vdc (TX)
0Vdc (RX)
FREQ
RX RF VOLTAGES IN dBm ARE MEASURED WITH A 1.5 pF CAPACITOR IN SERIES WITH
MIXER
0Vdc (RX)
0Vdc (RX)
NC
-31dBm (RX)
4.8Vdc (RX)
1Vdc
0.4Vdc (RX)
4Vdc
5Vdc (TX)
RF P.A.
0.5Vdc, 136MHz
RF
2.9Vdc (TX)
BUFFER
3.2Vdc (TX)
0.5Vdc
12T
MEASUREMENTS MADE ABOVE CROSSOVER FREQUENCY.
NC
6.5Vdc (TX)
NC
1
2.5Vdc (TX)
4.9Vdc (TX)
NC
0Vdc, 178MHz
2.2Vdc (TX)
NC
-42dBm
5.6Vdc (TX)
7.3Vdc (RX)
0Vdc (TX)
1.0Vdc
178MHz
5T
5T
4T
4.8Vdc
4.0Vdc
V (RX)
NC
1.4Vdc
THESE LEVELS MEASURED BY REMOVING R52.
2.5Vdc
NOTES:
4.7Vdc (NOTE 4)
4.6Vdc (RX/TX)
4.3Vdc (RX) (NOTE 4)
THE 50 OHM ADAPTER OF AN RF MILLIVOLTMETER AND AN RF LEVEL OF -20 dBm INTO J401.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
136MHz
NC
0.1Vdc (TX)
2.45Vdc (TX)
MEASUREMENTS MADE BELOW CROSSOVER FREQUENCY.
0Vdc (RX)
5Vdc (TX)
(NOTE 4)
NC
NC
7.
*
= NOT PLACED
5Vdc (RX)
7.4Vdc (RX)
0Vdc (RX)
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED RX DC VOLTAGES ARE MEASURED WITHOUT RF INTO J401.
ANTENNA
P402
EXT. ANT.
CONNECTOR
TO UNIVERSAL
*
12T
NC
*
9T
6.3Vdc (TX)
0Vdc (RX)
0.047 uH
*
4T
*
-34dBm
-62dBm
0.6Vdc
VOLTAGES IN mV ARE MEASURED WITH A X10 SCOPE PROBE.
0.1uF
C77
C154
330pF
1uH
L121
11pF
C130
330pF
C141
C121
G2
330pF
R199
C118
G1
CR6
0.1uF
1uH
330pF
C107
L105
1
3
2
C16
CR102
C112
GND
J401
5.1pF
5.1pF
C148
352
1
4
Q108
C7
R112 1MEG
2.7pF
L131
100K
R131
C6
1uH
6.2pF
C90
4.3pF
.01uF
L3
47nH
354
DCLKDAC
C84
T2
1
2
330pF
C98
47K
R117
C161
0.1uF
C86
6.2pF
33pF
R111
5.6K
C80
1uF
C156
1pF
C129
C8 16pF
C87 16pF
20pF
C149
C126
3.3uF
R110
150nH
L8
2.2K
CR11
R114
15K
REV_PWR
4
REV_TRM
6
C152
330pF
13
GND
GND12GND11GND10GND9GND
87
5
PWR_IN
2
PWR_OUT
FWD_PWR
7
FWD_TRM
3
16
GND
GND
15
GND14GND
1.8pF
U104
47nH
C133
L30
L5
1uF
C109
L128
3.3K
R106
C128 1uF
330pF
B+
2.2uH
L32
C153
C123
0.1uF
.033uF
C115
22uF
C14
C164 100pF
R102
4.7K
100K
R139
100
R72
C163 51pF
1
2
5
3
4
SB+ C139
Q107
10uF
C85
CR1
4.7K
R129
L16
330pF
C71
C104
3.3uF
C162
330pF
R115 180K
R116
5V_REG
B+
130K
10pF
C151
ABP4AG2
5
GND11GND23GND3
8
IN2OUT
7
Vcc
6
R2 56K
R126
51
10K
R4
E101
L14
CR103
1
3
2
CR109
R113 33K
4
Q105
1
2
5
3
L4
39nH
330pF
C108
D1
SW_CE2TX_DA
C4
C132
6.8pF
A2
EN_ANT
B4
EN_BIAS
A4
GND1D3GND2
E4
NC
B5
REF_DA
D4
RESET
B3
C5
RX_DA
R_T
D5
SC1
D2
SC2
C1
SC3
C2
SC4
B1
C3
SEL
SW1
E3
SW2
.01uF
5V
A3
CLK
B2
DATA
3
3
2
1
4
5
C11
T1
10K
R5
20pF
C150
Q101
330pF
C72
.01uF
C82
C103 10uF
C102
L126
330pF
C15 100pF
56nH
L10
50K
RT101
470nH
L12
1.5K
R70
CR12
1
2
3
68nH
L6
B+
L127
C12
.01uF
C13
10
GND413GND5
12
IFP
11
IFN
14
LOIN
8
RF1
7
RF2
U2
2
BBP
4
BDIV
BVDD
1
GND5GND16GND29GND3
CR7
330pF
L122
C105
L11
1uH
R127 39
4 8
5
GND6GND17GND2
GND3
9
3
V_CONTROL
S101 SWITCH
1
2
3
U105
5
B_PLUS
1
RF_IN
6
RF_OUT
4
SWB_PLUS
C106
10uF
330pF
C140
R1
10
.01uF
C83
0
R101
C146 330pF
120nH
L7
C31 .01uF
C113 330pF
C9
100
R7
LCK
1
2
5
3
4
Q104
A4
INT_CAP_IN
C3
INT_CAP_OUT
E3
PA_BIAS
B5
PA_CNTL
B4
PA_OUT
E4
RECV_5V
A3
RE_DET
D2
RX_1
D5
TEMP_SENSE
D1
TX12
R8 470
C4
5V_TX
A2
ANODE_1
C2
ANODE_2
B1
ANT_SW_BS
D4
BIAS_EN
C1
BIAS_RT
D3
BPOS
B2
CATH_1
C5
DA_REF
B3
GND
E2
ICATH_2
CR108
100nH
L9
C147
C101
0.1uF
.022uF
330pF
C135
CR2
C111 330pF
L101
GND
2
3
IN
1
OUT
1uH
TP10
1
U103
CR9CR8
L13
CR4
5V_REG
CR3
Q110
L130
1uH
330pF
C4
C99 33pF
C116
1pF
AGC
C88
8.2pF
RX_LO
TX_LO
IF
63B81097C02-O
Sheet 1 of 2
C97
13pF
TO UNIVERSAL CONNECTOR EXTERNAL ANTENNA
NUD7091B, NUD7092B, NUD/PMUD7095B, AND NUD7096B VHF (136-178MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 87
65
SYNTHESIZER
U204
ZIF
U3
U201
VCO BUFFER
U203
REF OSC
16.8 MHz
C310
C284C280
GND
GND
0V
5V
2.0Vdc
-37dBm (RX) (NOTE 4)
1.5Vdc
1.8Vdc typical
5V
0V
1.6Vdc
-31dBm (NOTE 4)
2.5Vdc
16.8MHz
(using 10 pF)
.01uF
20
SIN
19
SOUT
26
TST1
27
TST2
36
VCP
9
VMULT1
8
VMULT2
7
VMULT3
6
VMULT4
16
WARP
14
XTAL1
15
XTAL2
C274
100pF
C277
L216 39nH
R42
*
16
330pF
-31 dBm
2.4Vdc (TX)
DURING
1-4pF
LOCK=5V
-25dBm
4.5Vdc
-16dBm
2.2Vdc (RX) 0Vdc (TX)
1.7Vdc
2.6Vdc
TO P301
0.7Vdc (RX)
NC
IS_B+
1.0A
RAW_B+
GND
DISC
DATA
NC
NC
1kHz 280mVpp/kHz
2.1MHz/2.4MHZ
1.8Vdc (RX)
1.7Vdc (TX)
7.5Vdc (TX), 178MHz
(16.8MHz)
NC
PROGRAMING
44.85MHz
5.0Vdc (TX), 136MHz
5V
4.5Vdc (TX)
NC
NC
NC
1.6Vdc
*
LOCK_DET
RSSI
REF_OSC_SEL
1-4pF
*
*
1 Vpp
NC
2.5Vdc
2.8Vdc
CLOCK
SQ_OUT
1200mVpp
IF_SEL
RAW B+
*
*
13Vdc
3
52
61
(shield in place)
-7.8 Vdc(Rx) (Note 5)
Else 0 Vdc (Note 6)
-7.8 Vdc(Tx) (Note 5)
NC
VCO_MOD
3.3Vdc
2.4Vdc
DAC_SEL
7.5Vdc (RX), 178MHz
5V REG
-18dBm
UNLOCK=0V
*
5.0Vdc (RX), 136MHz
TP5 VCTRL
5Vpp (Note 5)
0Vdc (Rx, Tx) (Note 6)
GND
GND
Else 4.4 Vdc (Note 5)
2.8Vdc
-56dBm (NOTE 4)
3.4Vdc
1.6Vdc
PINS 31-38 = 2.5Vdc
2.9Vdc (RX) (NOTE 2)
NC
NC
NC
GND
1.2Vdc
44.85MHz (NOTE 4)
NC
-17dBm(TX)
2.8Vdc
4Vpp
NC
NC
SW_B+
DEVIATION
0.1Vdc (RX)
5Vdc
7.5Vdc
SYN_SEL
NC
1.3Vdc
1.7Vdc
2.5Vdc
NC
2.5Vdc
82nH
NC
*
3.6Vdc
0V OR 5Vdc UNLOCK
3.8Vdc
-38dBm
4
330pF
2.1MHz
0.1uF
C47
C270 1000pF
J301-13
J301-10
J301-14
J301-15
20K
R206
R40 270
47pF
C34
DAC
L19 270nH
Q4
1
32
C258
4.7uF
5V_REG SB+
TP5
C250
1000pF
R222
1.2K
0.22uF
C259
R218 100K
C50
0.1uF
1uH
330pF
C286
L208
L33
R209
510
20K
R17
2.2uH
R212 620
270
R213
R211 62
15pF
C220
R221
4.7K
J301-2
2.7K
R16
R208
0.15uF
J301-19
C53
C305 100pF
100pF
C308
C285 330pF
SO
24
SS
13
VDD
14
VDD2
12
VOPT
11
VREG
390nH
L222
NC13
28
NC14
29
NC15
30
NC16
31
NC17
32
NC18
2
NC2
3
NC3
4
NC4
5
NC56NC615NC716NC817NC9
25
S1
22
SCK
21
23
CE
7
CEXT
9
DE
8
DET
10
FOUT
26
GND
1
NC1
18
NC1019NC11
20
NC12
27
CLK
.018uF
C52
1
3
2
C266 .01uF
Q1
7
GND
4
INPUT
8
OUTPUT
1
SENSE2SHUTDOWN
3
Q202
U202
6
5V_TAP
5
ERROR FEEDBACK
1A
32V
F1
C211 330pF
C208
6.2pF
C251 330pF
1uH
J301-11
GND18NC
16
PS
15
RBY
2
RX_OUT
7
S1
14
S2
6
SV1
5
TRB
4
TX_OUT
10
VC
3
VCC
L215
C54
11
B2
9
C
12
E213GND
1
330pF
7.5pF
C222
30K
J301-17
.022uF
R205
C289 .022uF
C210
47K
430pF
C48
R35
0.22uF
C44
0.22uF
C45
0.1uF
C61
R51 200K
10uF
C253
C309 3300pF
22nH
L219
C240
1pF
C201
0.1uF
C63
47K
R34
C271
D
SYN
D
LCK
4.7uF
470nH
L24
CR202
1uH
L209
1uH
1uH
L302
L301
30K
330pF
C204
R215
C62
J301-12
27pF
C55
CR206
1
3
2
.01uF
C252
CR5
L204
L212
1uH
C206 620pF
C233 330pF
C214
330pF
.022uF
C246
C288
C60
0.1uF
L211 56nH
J301-5
J301-4
J301-7
C267 .01uF
GND1
4
OUT
31
IN
CR203
FL1
GND
2
.022uF
.022uF
C244
Q5
R1=47K
C291
C96
43pF
C56
.01uF
0
4.3pF
C39
20K
C36
C254
4.7uF
R204
C125
3.3uF1000pF
510
C255
100pF
LCK
CLK
2.1MHz
R43
C307
43pF
C57
10pF
C219
C294 330pF
J301-3
C223
R210 510
R73 10K
R220
2K
2.7K
R32
15K
R44
1000pF
2.2pF
C58
C236 11pF
C245
C306 100pF
3300pF
C311
22
D
5V_REG
R203
C228
330pF
C38
2.7pF
13pF
5.6pF
C237
D
C213
L221 390nH
L225
L224 270nH
0.22uF
C46
39
2.2uH
A25A3
4
K11K22K3
3
K2
K3
CR205
A1
6
A1
A2
A3
K1
R223
CR204
R217
47K
0.1uF
30K
TP10
C248
R207 20K
C292 .022uF
GND315GND4
16 26
GND541GND6
GND_PREAMP
3
LO_IN
14
PEAMP_5V
4
PEAMP_OUT
5
PREAMPIN
2
RAMPCAP
24
RSSI_FLT
10
RSSI_OUT
9
SQ
29
VIBYPASS
25Vc18
Vpp
12
C1NEG
37
C1POS
38
C2NEG
35
C2POS
36
C3NEG
33
C3POS
34
C4NEG
31
C4POS
32
CE
21
CLK
20
DATA
19
DISC
28
DM_BYP
7
DM_IN
6
GND11GND2
8
+2.5V1
27
+2.5V2
30
+5V1
11
+5V2
13
+5V3
17
+5V4
23
16.8MHz
22
2.5V
AGC
40
Q201
D
S
CLK
J301-9 C227 330pF
CR208CR201
12pF
C230
C256
R214
43K
R41
.01uF
22
J301-18
J301-8
C293
J301-16
C303
J301-1
.022uF
C304
J301-20
0.22uF
C43
330pF
C42
0.22uF
3.9K
R50
R45
1uH
L22
51K
22
R219
.01uF
C65
5V_REG
B+
L23
1.8uH
2.2uH
L25
.01uF
C70
100pF
C40
J301-6
10uF
C35 47pF
C49
0.33uF
C231
C257
30pF
.01uF
C243 24pF
C241
C226 62pF
C203
C205
5.1pF
1.6pF
3pF
2.7K
R33
C225
SYN
47K
R46
22
R47
1000pF
C238
CR207
C221 330pF
L210 27nH
9.1pF
C33
C247 1uF
270
3pF
C287
4
EN_CE
10
FREFOUT
1
GND113GND222GND333GND4
34
IADAPT
32
IOUT
41
LOCK
5
MODIN
30
MODOUT
21
PREIN
24
PVREF
43
R_GND144R_GND2
18
SBASE
35
ADAPTTSW
12
AD_BYPASS
37
AUX1
38
AUX2
39
AUX3
40
AUX4
17
CAP
3
CLK
29
CPBIAS1
28
CPBIAS2
2
DATA
DC5V1
1123
DC5V2
DC5V3
2542
DC5V4
31
EN
.039uF
C260
10pF
C202
180nH
L223
1.5K
R49
1.2uH
L20
L217 1uH
BATT-
3
NC
C235 15pF
0.1uF
C209
1
BATT+
2
C315 330pF
C314
L220 150nH
0.1uF
C41
18pF
C95
L205 33nH
33nH
L201
L218 1uH
1uH
L213
C212
IF
AGC
TX_LO
RX_LO
63B81097C02-O
Sheet 2 of 2
NUD7091B, NUD7092B, NUD/PMUD7095B, AND NUD7096B VHF (136-178 MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 88
66
O.K. AS IS O.K. AS MARKE
ISS.
REVISION
RLSE.
CORRECTED AS MARKED
ILLUSTRATOR DATEENGINEERDATE PROGRAM DISK
MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS DEPT.
DWG. NO.
LETTERING SIZE: REQUIRES:
EDITOR DATECHECKERDATE
Illustrator
Jedi UHF RF 8404221J44.S
JP 12/18/97
O
JWB
MAEPF-26303-O
MAEPF-2630
3
C157
MAEPF-26302-O
NUE7265B, NUE7266B, NUE/PMUE7272B, AND NUE7274B UHF (403-470MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’ PARTS LIST AND COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAMS
Page 89
67
Notes:
1. For optimum performance, order replacement diodes, transistors, and circuit modules by Motorola part number only.
2. When ordering cr ystals, specify carrier frequency, crystal frequency, crystal type number, and Moto rola part number.
3. “Not P laced” means that components are fo r future use, and are not placed on the circuit board at this time.
REFERENCE
SYMBOL
MOTOROLA
PART NO .
DESCRIPTION
CAPACITOR, Fixed pF ±30%; 50V unless stated
C1 2113930F20 5.1 C2 2113930F22 6.2 C3 2113930F18 4.3 C4 2113930F26 9.1 C5 2113930F24 7.5 C6 2113930F21 5.6 C7 2113930F31 15 C9 2113930F27 10 C10 2113930F45 56 C11 2113931F49 0.01µF C12 2113930F51 100 C13 2311049A66 22µF; 4V C15 2113930F51 100 C16 2113930F38 30 C17 2113932K15 0.1µF C18 2113930F27 10 C19 2113930F23 6.8 C31 2113931F49 0.01µF C35 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed C36 2113930F20 5.1 C38 2113930F27 10 C39 2113930F09 1.8 C40 2113930F51 100 C41 2113743A19 0.1µF C42 thru 46 2113743A23 0.22µF C47 2109720D14 0.1µF C48 2113741F16 430 C49 2113743F12 0.33µF C50 2113931F49 0.01µF C51 2113932K15 0.1µF C52 2113741A51 0.018µF C53 2113743B17 0.15µF C54 2113930F41 39 C55 2113930F39 33 C56, 57 211 3930F42 43 C58 2113930F11 2.2 C59 2113931F49 0.01µF C60 2113932K15 0.1µF C61 2109720D14 0.1µF C63, 64 211 3932K15 0.1µF C65 2113931F41 4700 C72 2113930F51 100 C82 2113931F49 0.01µF C83 2113930F51 100 C84 2113931F49 0.01µF C85 2311049J23 10µF; 10V C86 thru 88 2113930F51 100 C89 2113740A24 6.8 C90 2113930F31 15 C91 2113930F27 10 C92 2113930F20 5.1 C93 2113930F18 4.3 C94 2113930F32 16 C95 2113930F25 8.2 C96 2113931F49 0.01 C98 2113930F34 20 C99 2113930F30 13 C101 2113932E07 0.022µF; 16V C102 - - - - - - - - - Not Pla ced C103 2311049J26 10µF; 16V C104, 105 2113930F51 100 C106 2311049A56 4. 7µF; 10V C107, 108 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed C109 - - - - - - - - - Not Pla ced C110 - - - - - - - - - Not Pla ced C111, 113, 114 2113930F51 100 C115 2113932K03 0.033µF; 16V C116 - - - - - - - - - Not Pla ced C117 2113930F51 100 C118 2113932K15 0.1µF C119 2113930F51 100 C120 - - - - - - - - - Not Pla ced C121 2113930F51 100 C123 2113932K15 0.1µF C125, 126 2311049A54 3.3µF; 16V C127 - - - - - - - - - Not Pla ced C128 2311049A07 1µ F; 16V C132 2113930F25 8.2 C133 2113930F09 1.8 C135, 137, 138 2113930F51 100 C139 - - - - - - - - - Not Pla ced C140 2113931F41 4700 C141, 145, 147 2113930F51 100 C148 2113930F18 4.3 C149 2113930F34 20 C150 2113930F31 15 C151 2113930F14 3 C153 thru 155 2113930F51 100 C156 2311049A07 1µ F; 16V C157 2113932K15 0.1µF C201 2113930F03 1 ± 0.1pf C202 - - - - - - - - - Not Pla ced C203 2113930F07 1.5 ± 0.1pf C204 2113930F51 100 C205 - - - - - - - - - Not Pla ced
C206 2113931F37 3300 C208 2113930F51 100 C209 2113931F49 0.01µF C210 2113932E07 0.022µF; 16V C211 2113930F51 100 C214 - - - - - - - - - Not Pla ced C216 2113931F37 3300 C217 2113930F51 100 C219 2113930F17 3.9 C220 2113930F20 5.1 C221 2113931F49 0.01µF C222 2113930F17 3.9 C223 2113906C02 ATC, 4.0pF C225 2113930F03 1.0 ± 0.1pf C226 2113930F28 11 C227, 228 2113930F51 100 C230 - - - - - - - - - Not Pla ced C231 2311049A60 10 µF; 4V C233 2113930F51 100 C235 2113930F18 4.3 C236 2113930F20 5.1 C237 2113930F15 3.3 C238 2113930F51 100 C239 2113930F27 10 C240 2113906C02 ATC, 4.0pF C243 2113930F25 8.2 C244 2109720D09 0.022µF C245 2113931F25 1000 C246 2109720D09 0.022µF C247 2311049A05 0. 47µF; 16V C250 2113931F25 1000 C253 2311049J23 10µF; 10V C254 2113928L05 4.7µF; 16V C255 2113932K15 0.1µF C256, 57 2113931F49 0.01 C258 2311049J11 4.7µF; 16V C260 2113932K07 0.047µF C266, 67 2113931F49 0.01µF C270 2113931F25 1000 C271 2385688A01 4. 7µF; 10V C274 - - - - - - - - - Not Pla ced C275 2113932K15 0.1µF C279 2113930F51 100 C280, 282 2113932K15 0.1µF C284 2311049A33 0. 22µF C287 2109720D09 0.022µF C288 2113931F49 0.01µF C289, 290 2113930F51 100 C292 2113930F03 1 C294 2113930F51 100 C303 2113932E07 0.022µF; 16V C304 thru 308 2113930F51 100 C309 2113931F37 3300 C310 2113930F51 100 C311 2113931F37 3300 C313, 314 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed C315 2113930F51 100
DIODE: See Note 1
CR5 thru 9 4862824C01 Varactor CR11 4805129M96 PIN CR12 4805218N57 Dual CR101, 103 4805129M67 Dua l CR108, 109 4802482J02 PIN CR201 4802245J29 Varactor CR202 4862824C01 Varactor CR203 4862824C03 Varactor CR204, 205 4802233J09 Triple CR206 4805129M06 Dual CR207 thru 209 4802245J29 Varactor E101 2484657 R01 CORE: Bead, Fe rrite E104 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed
FUSE:
F1 6505757V01 1.0 Amp
FILTER:
FL1 4802655J03 73.35MH z, See Note 2
CONNECTOR: G1 3905643V01 Con tact Antenna, Ground G2 3905643V01 Con tact Antenna, Ground
JACK:
J301 0905461X03 Connector; 20 contacts; to P301
Strip Connector J401 3905264W01 Contact, Ant enna
COIL, RF:
L6 2462587V30 47nH L7 2462587V38 22 0nH L8 2462587T23 470nH L9 2462587V29 39nH L10 2462587V25 18nH L11 2460591B04 4 tu rns, airwound L12 2460591M32 4 turns, airwound L13 2460591B80 4 tu rns, airwound L14, 15 2460591B04 4 turns, ai rwound L16 2462587T23 47 0nH L20 2462587N61 47 0nH L22 2462587T23 47 0nH
L23 2462587Q44 560nH L24 2462587V37 180nH L25 2462587Q20 2.2µ H L30, 31 2460591A01 4 turns, airwound L32 2460591B04 4 turn s, airwound L34, 35 2460591A01 4 turns, airwound L36 2462587V36 150nH L37 2462587V23 12nH L101 2462587 T20 270nH L102, 103 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed L105 2462587 T20 270nH L107, 108 2462587T17 150nH L121, 122 2462587T20 270nH L123 2462587V 38 220nH L126 thru 128 2460591B04 4 turns, airwound L201 2462587 T38 22nH L202 2462587Q2 0 2200nH L204 2462587Q4 2 390nH L205 2462587 V27 27nH L207 2462587V 38 220nH L208, 209 2462587T22 390nH L210 2405619 V01 18.1nH, molded coil L211 2405619V 05 12nH, molded coil L212 2462587 V26 22nH L213 2462587 T15 100nH L215 2462587 T22 390nH L216 2462587 T05 15nH L218 2462587 T22 390nH L219 2462587 T37 18nH L220 2462587 T39 27nH L221 2462587 T22 390nH L222 2462587Q4 0 270nH L223 2462587Q4 2 390nH L224 2462587 T40 33nH L301, 302 2462587Q42 390nH
PLUG:
P404 3905861X02 Connector, Battery; 2-pin
TRANSISTOR: See Note 1
Q1, Q4 4805218N63 NPN Q5 48 80048M04 PNP Q101 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed Q104, 105, 107 4805921T02 PNP NPN Q108 4802245J10 NPN Dual Q110 4802245J12 PNP Q201 4802245J15 JFET Q202 4805218N55 N PN
RESISTOR, Fixed: ± 5%
0.0625W unless stated
R7 06620 57A25 100 R16 0662057A59 2.7K R17 0662057A80 20K R18 0662057B05 200K R22, 23 0662057A73 10K R26 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed R27 0662057A01 10 R32, 33 0662057A59 2.7K R34, 35 0662057A89 47K R36 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed R40 0662057A41 470 R41 0662057A09 22 R42 0662057A41 470 R43 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed R44 0662057A45 680 R45 0662057A90 51K R46 0662057A89 47K R47 0662057B47 0 R48 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed R49 0662057A77 15K R50 0662057A53 1.5K R51 0662057A51 1.2K R52 0662057A25 100 R53 0662057A73 100 R102 0662057A65 4.7K R106 0662057A61 3.3K R107 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed R110 0662057A57 2.2K R111 0662057A67 5.6K R113 0662057A85 33K R114 0662057A73 10K R115 0611079B37 390K ± 1% R116 0662057G19 39 0K ± 1% R119 0662057B22 1M R126 0662057A18 51 R127 0662057A12 30 R128 0662057A89 47K R129 0662057A65 4.7K R130 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed R139 0662057A97 100K R199 0662057B47 0; used in place of S101 on
NUE7265B and NUE7274B
or- - - - - - - - - Not used, replaced with S101 on
NUE7266B and NUE7272B R203 0662057A09 22 R204 0662057A73 10K R205 0662057A77 15K R206 0662057A73 10K R207 0662057A91 56K
R208 0662057A56 2K R209 0662057A41 470 R210 0662057A37 330 R211 0662057A29 150 R212 0662057A46 750 R213 0662057A41 470 R214, 215 0662057A88 43K R217 0662057A77 15K R218 0662057A97 100K R219 0662057A01 10 R220 0662057A56 2K R221 0662057A51 1.2K R222 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed R223 0662057A93 68K
THERMISTOR:
RT101 0605621T02 50K
SWITCH:
S101 4005831W01 RF, used on NUE7266B and NUE
7272B
or- - - - - - - - - Not Used, replaced with R199 on
NUE7265B and NUE7274B
TRANSFORMER:
T1 25 05515V08 Balun; 4:1 T2 25 05515V11 Balun; 16:1
MODULE: See Note 1
U1 5105457W50 RF Amp U2 5105457W52 Mixer U3 5186296A02 IF U101 5105835U52 TX ALC U102 5105835U51 D/A U103 5160880B02 5V regulator U104 5102001J68 Stripline Coupler U105 5105385Y10 4- Watt PA U201 5102227J37 VCO Buffer U202 5105469E65 5V regulator U203 5105385Y42 Ref. Oscillator, 16.8MHz U204 5105457W81 Synthesizer
MECHANICAL PARTS
ME1 2602657J01 SHIELD, VCO ME2 2602658J01 SHIELD, Ref. Oscillator ME3 2602659J01 SHIELD, ZIF ME4 2602660J03 SHIELD, RF ME5 2602832X01 SHI ELD, ZIF Back ME6 2602674J03 SHIELD, VCO Back ME7 2602675J01 SHIELD, Synthesizer ME8 2602686J01 SHIELD, Coil
Electrical Parts List, UHF Transceivers (403-470MHz) NUE7265B, NUE7266B, NUE/PMUE7272B, NUE7274B
Page 90
68
U102
D/A IC
P.A.
U105
85Y10
COUPLER
U104
U1
RF AMPLIFIER
U101
TX ALC IC
6.7Vdc (RX)
0.5Vdc
-22dBm (RX)
*
0Vdc (TX)
0.1Vdc (TX)
NC
NC
5Vdc (TX)
0Vdc (RX)
1Vdc
0.4Vdc (RX)
(NOTE 4)-31dBm
4Vdc
NC
2.2Vdc (TX)
7.4Vdc (RX)
-34dBm
ANTENNA
EXT. ANT.
CONNECTOR
7.5Vdc (RX)
6.8Vdc (TX)
TO UNIVERSAL
7. * = NOT PLACED
3.2Vdc, 450MHz
2.4Vdc0.6Vdc
3.50Vdc
3.16Vdc
1.14Vdc
512MHz
450MHz
-32dBm
7.4Vdc (RX)
6.5Vdc (TX)
5.8Vdc (TX)
NC
4.9Vdc (RX)
2
1
NC
BUFFER
MIXER
NC
RF
5V REG
NC
5Vdc
NC
0.1Vdc (TX)
0Vdc (RX)
4.9Vdc (TX)
0Vdc (RX)
5Vdc (TX)
0Vdc (RX)
2.45Vdc (TX)
0Vdc (RX)
5Vdc (TX)
-50dBm
(NOTE 4)
3.6Vdc, 520MHz
3.5Vdc, 512MHz
-18dBm
-46dBm
1.5Vdc (TX)
P401
4.9Vdc (RX)
3.3Vdc (TX)
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
OF THE RF MILLIVOLTMETER & A RF LEVEL OF -20 DBM INTO J401.
2. RX RF VOLTAGES IN DBM ARE MEASURED WITH 1.5PF IN SERIES WITH 50 OHM ADAPTER
1. UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED RX DC VOLTAGES ARE MEASURED WITHOUT RF INTO J401.
NOTES:
0Vdc (TX)
4.9Vdc (RX)
0Vdc (RX)
3.9Vdc (TX)
VR (RX)
520MHz
0Vdc, 520MHz
0.55Vdc 450MHz
FREQ
-28dBm
6. MEASUREMENTS MADE BELOW CROSSOVER FREQUENCY.
5. MEASUREMENTS MADE ABOVE CROSSOVER FREQUENCY.
P402
NC
E104
4. THESE LEVELS MEASURED BY REMOVING R52.
3. VOLTAGES IN mV ARE MEASURED WITH A X10 SCOPE PROBE.
0Vdc (RX)
6.5Vdc (TX)
0Vdc (RX)
2.8Vdc (TX)
*
*
100pF
C15 .01uF
C31
R26
R36
C120
C110
2
GND
IN
3
OUT
1
4.3pF
U103
C99
C3
13pF
10K
16pF
C94
NC
R114
B+
5V_REG
5V_REG
5V_REG
NC
NC
6.8pF
DAC D
C89
19.61nH
100pF
C88
C119
L13
C117
100pF 100pF
C109
B_POS
3
RFIN
1
RFOUT
4
VCNTRL
2
Q101
GND2
B5
NC
D4
REF_DA
B3
RESETRX_DA
C5
D5
R_T
D2
SC1
C1
SC2
C2
SC3
B1
SC4
C3
SEL
E3
SW1
D1
SW2
E2
SW_CC4TX_DA
5
RF_OUT
2
B+
SB+
5V
A3B2
CLK
A2
DATA
B4
EN_ANT
A4
EN_BIAS
D3
GND1
E4
C118
1
10
34
6
78 9
RF_IN
C84 .01uF
0.1uF
C148
4.3pF
C116
2
3
4
8
GND5GND16GND279GND3
S101
SWITCH
1
C6
5.6pF
7.5pF
C5
C19
9.1pF
C4
B+
DAC
6.8pF
TP10
1
SB+
C107
3
4
R130
Q104
1
2
5
C106
4.7uF
L37
12nH
10pF
C91
C92
4.3pF
C93
L14
5.1pF
L15
11.03nH
15pF
11.03nH
2
354
C90
5
3
4
T2
1
Q105
1
2
10uF
C103
GND3
2
IN7OUT
6
Vcc
R139 100K
D
CLK
CLK
4
ABP5AG2
1
GND13GND2
8
L31
4.22nH
CR7
100pF
CR6
270nH
C121
C10
L101
56pF
L6
47nH
C9 10pF
B+
180K
R115
R129
4.7K
R106
3.3K
0.1uF
C123
33K
R113
.033uF
0.1uF
C157
C115
100pF
C154
R23 10K
L12
27.42nH
15pF
L11
11.03nH
C7
15pF
C150
20pF
C149
C18 10pF
L10
18nH
100pF
C113
100pF
C111
RT101
50K
C127
R107
C139
150nH
L108
L107
150nH
100pF
100pF
C138
100pF
C114
C137
G2
0
R199
L32
11.03nH
6.2pF
C1
5.1pF
11.03nH
C2
L128
11.03nH
L126
L127
11.03nH
C135 100pF
100pF
C147
R22 10K
220nH
C126
L7
C128
3.3uF
L35
1uF
CR9
4.22nH
CR8
51 30
R126
C156 1uF
R127
C11
L123
220nH
100pF
.01uF
4.22nH
C72
270nH
L30
100pF
C145
L122
R52
100pF
C155
R116
100
4.7K
130K
3pF
R102
G1
C151
R119 1MEG
C141 100pF
C87 100pF
C140
4700pF
L121
270nH
57R01
E101
L105 270nH
C82 .01uF
T1
1
2
3
5
4
C85 10uF100pF
C83
C98 20pF
R7
Q110
100
Q107
1
2
5
3
4
521
4
RF1
8
RF2
7
Q108
3
GND15GND26GND39GND410GND5
13
IFN
11
12
IFP
LOIN
14
U2
BBP
2
BDIV
4
3
BVDD
GND
1
39nH
L9
470nH
L8
C86
100pF
C108
L103
L102
C102
L34
4.22nH
C133
1.8pF
5.6K
C132
8.2pF
R111
2.2K
R110
47K
R128
3
2
CR11
1
3
2
CR103
1
CR101
CR109
R27 10
CR108
GND
J401
C13 22uF
100pF
C105
.022uF
C101
100pF
C104
100pF
C153
BPOS
D3
CATH_1
B2
DA_REF
C5
GND
B3
ICATH_2
E2
INT_CAP_IN
A4
INT_CAP_OUT
C3
PA_BIAS
E3
PA_CNTL
B5
PA_OUT
B4
E4
RECV_5V
RE_DET
A3
RX_1
D2
TEMP_SENSE
D5
TX12
D1
470nH
C4
5V_TX
ANODE_1
A2
ANODE_2
C2
ANT_SW_BS
B1
BIAS_EN
D4
BIAS_RT
C1
30pF
L16
C17
0.1uF
C16 C12
TX_LO
100pF
AGC
IF
RX_LO
DAC
CLK
DATA
SB+
B+
5V_REG
LCK
63B81097C03-O
Sheet 1 of 2
TO UNIVERSAL CONNECTOR EXTERNAL ANTENNA
NUE7265B, NUE7266B, NUE/PMUE7272B, AND NUE7274B UHF (403-470MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 91
69
16.8 MHz
REF OSC
U203
U201
VCO BUFFER
SYNTHESIZER
U204
ZIF
U3
LOCK_DET
RSSI
9.2(TX)Vdc @ 520MHz
7.7(RX)Vdc @ 520MHz
7.4(TX)Vdc @ 512MHz
UNLOCK=0V
-9dBm
5V REG
4.9(RX)Vdc @ 450MHz
5V
NC
NC
NC
GND
*
3Vdc (TX)
0Vdc (RX)
NC
-12dBm(TX)
NC
1.7Vdc (RX) 1.6Vdc (TX)
6.1(RX)Vdc @ 512MHz
PROGRAMING
NCNC
4.6Vdc (NOTE 5)
(shield in place)
using 10 pF
GND
GND
1.6Vdc
PINS 31-38 = 2.5Vdc
2.0Vdc
-36dBm (RX) (NOTE 5)
1.4Vdc
-44dBm (NOTE 5)
2.5Vdc
2.0Vdc typical
2.8Vdc
-53dBm (NOTE 5)
3.4Vdc
2.9Vdc (RX) (NOTE 3)
2Vdc(RX)
16.8MHz
4Vpp
2.8Vdc
*
VCO_MOD
SYN_SEL
4.3Vdc (TX)
DATA
*
1 Vpp
73.35MHz
2.5Vdc
2.3Vdc
CLOCK
SQ_OUT
NC
LOCK=5V
-18dBm
4.5Vdc
-8dBm
2.2Vdc (RX)
0.1Vdc (TX)
1.4Vdc
2.5Vdc
2.3Vdc
DEVIATION
0.1Vdc (RX)
5Vdc
7.5Vdc
NC
NC
2.1/2.4_MHZ
NC
*
NC
NC
NC
1.6Vdc
NC
*
2.6Vdc
*
0V
5V
5.2(TX)Vdc @ 450MHz
TP5 VCTRL
5Vpp (N0te 6)
0Vdc (Rx, Tx) (Note 7)
GND
GND
Else 4.4 Vdc (Note 6)
1.6 Vdc-23 dBm
TO P301
IF_SEL
RAW B+
1kHz
*
13Vdc
0.7Vdc (RX)
3.3Vdc
IS_B+
1.0A
RAW_B+
GND
(NOTE5)
*
*
NC
*
280mVpp/kHz
4.6Vdc
2.25Vdc (TX)
DURING
DISC
NC
SW_B+
*
3.4Vdc
REF_OSC_SEL
DAC_SEL
0V OR 5Vdc UNLOCK
3.8Vdc
-23dBm
1200mVpp
1.2Vdc
1.7Vdc
2.5Vdc
1.9Vdc (TX)
-7.6 Vdc(Rx) (Note 6)
Else 0 Vdc (Note 7)
-7.8 Vdc(Tx) (Note 6)
NC
B+
CLK
5.1pF
C220
33pF
C55
3
.018uF
C52
CR12
1
2
C266 .01uF
C290
CR206
100pF
2
CR5
Q1
1
3
OUTPUT
1
SENSE2SHUTDOWN
3
Q202
U202
6
5V_TAP
5
ERROR FEEDBACK
7
GND
4
INPUT
8
C209
1
BATT+
2
BATT-
3
NC
C64
.01uF
47K
0.1uF
R35
L201
L205 27nH
22nH
L218 390nH
L204
100nH
L213
L212 22nH
390nH
3300pF
C206
J301-19
100pF
C40
2K
J301-2
2.7K
R16
R208
0.15uF
C53
C48
R51
1.2K
C44
430pF
0.22uF
C45
0.22uF
0.1uF
C61
R221
1.2K
22
D
5V_REG
C233 100pF
R203
C228
100pF
3.3pF
TP5
1
C237
C250
R212
1000pF
750
470
R213
SYN
D
R211
150
39pF
C54
180nH
L24
390nH
L209
CR202
L302
L301 390nH
C305 100pF
390nH
SYN
47K
R46
32
0
R47
Q4
1
1A
32V
F1
CR201
C211 100pF
R45
C235
4.3pF
C221
51K
R219
.01uF
10
560nH
4700pF
C65
5V_REG
L23
2.2uH
L25
.01uF
C59
R207
56K
43pF
C56
C38 10pF
C36
5.1pF
R211
R42 470
22
R41
R40 470
CLK
2.1MHz
DAC
150nH
L36
LCK
R48
L208 390nH
C35
470
C313
R209
20K
R17
47K
R34
C271
D
C204
LCK
4.7uF
100pF
100pF
C208
L220 27nH
0.1uF
C41
8.2pF
C95
2.2pF
C58
5.1pF
C245
1000pF
C236
C311
C306 100pF
3300pF
C310
C288
.01uF
100pF
5V_REG SB+
0.1uF
C47
C258
4.7uF
J301-13
J301-10
J301-15
J301-11
J301-14
S2
6
SV1
5
TRB
4
TX_OUT
10
VC
3
VCC
L215
390nH
11
B2
9
C
12
E213GND1GND18NC
16
PS
15
RBY
2
RX_OUT
7
S1
14
0.1uF
C280
R210
330
R53 10K
R220
2K
2.7K
R32
J301-12
L223
C270 1000pF
SCK
21
SO
24
SS
13
VDD
14
VDD2
12
VOPT
11
VREG
390nH
NC1227NC13
28
NC14
29
NC15
30
NC16
31
NC17
32
NC18
2
NC2
3
NC3
4
NC45NC56NC615NC716NC817NC9
25
S1
22
23
CE
7
CEXT
9
DE
8
DET
10
FOUT
26
GND
1
NC1
18
NC1019NC11
20
1.5K
R50
C307 100pF
.01uF
C256
L22 470nH
J301-3
C223
4.5pF
43K
FREQ=73.35MHz
FL1
GND2GND1
4
OUT
31
IN
R215
10uF
.022uF
C244
C240
C231
0.22uF
C43
4.5pF
0.22uF
C42
C39
680
R44
1.8pF
15K
R49
C284
0.22uF
R218 100K
100pF
C308
C51
0.1uF
16.8MHz
2.1MHz
L210
18.9nH
C50
.01uF
C247
0.47uF
C314
J301-18
J301-8
J301-16
100pF
C217
.022uF
C303
J301-20
J301-1
100pF
C304
C315 100pF
100pF
C279
C274
3.9pF
C222
15K
J301-17
.022uF
R205
R206
C210
10K
10K
C254
4.7uF
R204
C125
3.3uF0.1uF
C63
C255
C219
0.1uF
43pF
C57
3.9pF
0.33uF
C49
10pF
.01uF
C257
8.2pF
C239
11pF
C243
C226
1.5pF
C203
1pF
C205
2.7K
R33
C225
68K
R223
0.1uF
15K
R217
C275
43K
R43
.022uF
C246
R214
C60
0.1uF
L211
11.3nH
J301-5
J301-4
J301-7
C267 .01uF
J301-6
1pF
C292
22nH
L207
18nH
L219
3300pF
C216
Q5
R1=47K
.01uF
C96
R18 200K
10uF
C253
C309 3300pF
C287 .022uF
VMULT2
7
VMULT3
6
VMULT4
16
WARP
14
XTAL1
15
XTAL2
C289 100pF
IADAPT
32
IOUT
41
LOCK
5
MODIN
30
MODOUT
21
PREIN
24
PVREF
43
R_GND144R_GND2
18
SBASE
20
SIN
19
SOUT
26
TST1
27
TST2
36
VCP
9
VMULT1
8
CAP
3
CLK
29
CPBIAS1
28
CPBIAS2
2
DATA
DC5V1
1123
DC5V2
DC5V3
2542
DC5V4
31
EN
4
EN_CE
10
FREFOUT
1
GND113GND222GND333GND4
34
.047uF
C260
35
ADAPTTSW
12
AD_BYPASS
37
AUX1
38
AUX2
39
AUX3
40
AUX4
17
C202
L224
1pF
C201
33nH
A1 A2
5A34
K11K22K3
3
CR205
6
C214
100pF
C238
CR209
VIBYPASS
25Vc18
Vpp
12
C282
0.1uF
DM_IN
6
GND11GND28GND315GND4
16 26
GND541GND6
GND_PREAMP
3
LO_IN
14
PEAMP_5V
4
PEAMP_OUT
5
PREAMPIN
2
RAMPCAP
24
RSSI_FLT
10
RSSI_OUT
9
SQ
2923
16.8MHz
22
2.5V
AGC
40
C1NEG
37
C1POS
38
C2NEG
35
C2POS
36
C3NEG
33
C3POS
34
C4NEG
31
C4POS
32
CE
21
CLK
20
DATA
19
DISC
28
DM_BYP
7
J301-9
+2.5V1
27
+2.5V2
30
+5V1
11
+5V2
13
+5V3
17
+5V4
Q201
D
S
CLK
C227 100pF
CR208CR207
L216
C230
15nH
470nH
L20
D
100pF
C294
L221 390nH
L222 270nH
39
2.2uH
L202
3
K3
0.22uF
C46
6
A1
5
A2
4
A3
1
K1
2
K2
CR204
RX_LO
IF
AGC
CR203
TX_LO
63B81097C03-O
Sheet2 of 2
NUE7265B, NUE7266B, NUE/PMUE7272B, AND NUE7274B UHF (403-470MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 92
70
NUE7267B, NUE7268B, NUE/PMUE7273B, AND NUE7275B UHF (450-520MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’ PARTS LIST AND COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAMS
O.K. AS IS O.K. AS MARKE
ISS.
REVISION
RLSE.
CORRECTED AS MARKED
ILLUSTRATOR DATEENGINEERDATE PROGRAM DISK
MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS DEPT.
DWG. NO.
LETTERING SIZE: REQUIRES:
EDITOR DATECHECKERDATE
Illustrator
Jedi UHF RF 8404221J44.S
JP 12/18/97
O
JWB
MAEPF-26303-O
MAEPF-2630
3
C157
MAEPF-26302-O
Page 93
71
Notes:
1. For opti mum performance, order replacement diode s, transistors, and circuit modules by Motorola part number only.
2. When ordering crys tals, specify carrier frequency, crystal frequency, crystal frequenc y, crystal type number, and Motorola part number.
3. “Not Placed” means that components are f or future use, and are not placed on the circuit bo ard at this time.
REFERENCE
SYMBOL
MOTOROLA
PART NO .
DESCRIPTION
CAPACITOR, Fixed: pF ± 25%; 50V unless stated
C1 2113930F18 4.3 C2 2113930F22 6.2 C3 2113930F18 4.3 C4 2113930F51 100 C5 2113930F23 6.8 C6 2113930F20 5.1 C7 2113930F28 11 C9 2113930F23 6.8 C10 2113930F45 56 C11 2113931F49 .01µF C12 2113930F51 100 C13 2311049A66 22µF 4V C15 2113930F51 100 C16 2113930F38 30 C17 2113932K15 .1µF 16V C18 2113930F26 9.1 C19 2113930F21 5.6 C31 2113931F49 .01µF C35 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed C36 2113930F20 5.1 C38 2113930F27 10 C39 2113930F09 1.8 C40 2113930F51 100 C41 2113743A19 .1µF C42 thru 46 2113743A23 .22µF C47 2109720D14 .1µF C48 2113741F16 430 C49 2113743F12 .330µF C50 2113931F49 .01µF 5% C51 2113932K15 .1µF 16V C52 2113741A51 .018µF C53 2113743B17 .150µF C54 2113930F41 39 C55 2113930F39 33 C56, 57 2113930F42 43 C58 2113930F11 2.2 C59 2113931F49 .01µF 5% C60 2113932K15 .1µF 16V C61 2109720D14 .1µF C63, 64 2113932K15 .1µF 16 V C65 2113931F41 .0047µF 5% C72 2113930F51 100 C82 2113931F49 .01µF 5% C83 2113930F51 100 C84 2113931F49 .01µF 5% C85 2311049J23 10µF C86, 87 2113930F51 100 C88 2113930F45 56 C89 2113740A18 4.3 C90 2113930F25 8.2 C91 2113930F31 15 C92 2113930F09 1.8 C93 2113930F20 5.1 C94 2113930F29 12 C95 2113930F25 8.2 C96 2113931F49 .01µF 5% C98 2113930F34 20 C99 2113930F21 5.6 C101 2113932E07 .022µF 10% 16V C102 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed C103 2311049J26 10µF C104, 105 2113930F51 100 C106 2311049A56 4. 7µF C107 thru 110 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed C111, 113, 114 2113930F51 100 C115 2113932K07 .047µF 16V C116 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed C117 2113930F51 100 C118 2113932K15 .1µF 16V C119 2113930F51 100 C120 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed C121 2113930F51 100 C123 2113932K15 .1µF 16V C125, 126 2311049A54 3.3µF C127 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed C128 2311049A07 1µ F C132 2113930F25 8.2 C133 2113930F09 1.8 ± 0.1 C135, 137, 138 2113930F51 100 C139 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed C140 2113931F41 .0047µF 5% C141, 145, 147 2113930F51 100 C148 2113930F03 1 ± 0.1 C149 2113930F30 13 C150 2113930F29 12 C151 2113930F18 4.3 C153 thru 155 2113930F51 100 C156 2311049A07 1µ F C157 2113932K15 .1µF 16V C201 2113930F03 1 ± 0.1 C202 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed C203 2113930F07 1.5 ± 0.1
C204 2113930F51 100 C205 - - - - - - - - - Not Pl aced C206 2113931F33 .0022µF 5% C208 2113930F51 100 C209 2113931F49 .01µF 5% C210 2113932E07 .022µF 10% 16V C211 2113930F51 100 C214 2113930F14 3 C216 2113931F37 .003µF 5% C217 2113930F51 100 C219 2113930F15 3.3 C220 2113930F22 6.2 C221 2113931F49 .01µF 5% C222 2113930F18 4.3 C223 2113906C02 ATC, 4pF C225 2113930F03 1 ± 0.1 C226 2113930F26 9.1 C227, 228 2113930F51 100 C230 - - - - - - - - - Not Pl aced C231 2311049A60 10 µF 4V C233 2113930F51 100 C235 2113930F20 5.1 C236 2113930F18 4.3 C237 2113930F15 3.3 C238 2113930F51 100 C239 2113930F23 6.8 C240 2113906C02 ATC, 4pF C243 2113930F23 6.8 C244 2109720D09 .022µF C245 2113931F25 .001µF 5% C246 2109720D09 .022µF C247 2311049A05 . 47µF, 25V C250 2113931F25 .001µF 5% C253 2311049J23 10µF 6V C254 2113928L05 4.7µF 16V C255 2113932K15 .1µF 16V C256 2113931F49 .01µF 5% C257 2113931F49 .01µF 5% C258 2311049J11 4.7µF 16V C260 2113932K07 .047µF 16V C266, 267 2113931F49 .01µF 5% C270 2113931F25 .001µF 5% C271 2385688A01 4. 7µF 10V 20% C274 - - - - - - - - - Not Pl aced C275 2113932K15 .1µF 16V C279 2113930F51 100 C280 2113932K15 .1µF 16V C282 2113932K15 .1µF 16V C284 2311049A33 0. 22µF C287 2109720D09 .022µF C288 2113931F49 .01µF 5% C289, 290 2113930F51 100 C292 2113930F03 1 ± 0.1 C294 2113930F51 100 C303 2113932E07 .022µF 10% 16V C304 thru 308 2113930F51 100 C309 2113931F37 .0033µF 5% C310 2113930F51 100 C311 2113931F37 .0033µF 5% C313, 314 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed C315 2113930F51 100
DIODE: See Note 1
CR5 thru 9 4862824C01 Varactor CR11 4805129M96 PIN CR12 4805218N57 Dual CR101, 103 4805129M67 D ual CR108, 109 4802482J02 PIN CR201 4802245J29 Varactor CR202 4862824C01 Varactor CR203 4862824C03 Varactor CR204, 205 4802233J09 Triple CR206 4805129M06 Dual CR207 thru 209 4802245 J29 Varactor
CORE:
E101 2484657R 01 Bead, Ferrite E104 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed
FUSE:
F1 6505757V01 1-Amp.
FILTER:
FL1 4802655J0 3 Crystal, 73.35MHz, See Note 2
CONNECTOR:
G1 3905643V01 Conta ct, Antenna Ground G2 3905643V01 Co ntact, Ground
JACK:
J301 0905461X03 Connector; 20 contacts; to P301
Strip Connector
J401 3905264W01 Contact An tenna
COIL, RF: nH
L6 2462587V29 39 5% L7 2462587V37 180 5%
L8 2462587T23 470 5% L9 2462587V27 27 5% L10 2462587V23 12 5% L11 2460591B04 4 Turns, airwound L12 2460591M32 4 Turns, airwound L13 2460591B80 4 Turns, airwound L14, 15 2460591B04 4 Turns, airwound L16 2462587T23 470 5% L20 2462587N61 470 5% L22 2462587T23 470 5% L23 2462587Q44 560 10% L24 2462587V37 180 5% L25 2462587Q20 2, 20 0 20% L30, 31 2460591A01 3 Turns, airwound L32 2460591B04 4 Turns, airwound L34, 35 2460591A01 3 Turns, airwound L36 2462587V36 150 5% L37 2462587V24 15 5% L101 246258 7T20 270 5% L102, 103 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed L105 246258 7T20 270 5% L107, 108 2462587T17 150 5% L121, 122 2462587T20 270 5% L123 246258 7V38 220 5% L126 thru 128 2460591B04 4 Turns, airwound L201 246258 7T37 18 5% L202 246258 7Q20 2200 2 0% L204 246258 7Q42 390 10% L205 246258 7V25 18 5% L207 246258 7V36 150 5% L208, 209 2462587T22 390 5% L210 240561 9V03 15.1, Molded Coil L211 240561 9V07 9, Molded Coil L212 246258 7V25 18 5% L213, 215 2462587T22 390 5% L216 246258 7T05 15 10% L218 246258 7T22 390 5% L219 246258 7T37 18 5% L220 246258 7T39 27 5% L221 246258 7T22 390 5% L222 246258 7Q40 270 10% L223 246258 7Q42 390 10% L224 246258 7T40 33 5% L301, 302 2462587Q42 390 10%
PLUG:
P404 3905861X0 2 C onnector, Battery; 2-pin
TRANSISTOR: See Note 1
Q1, 4 4805218N63 NPN Q5 48 80048M04 PNP Q101 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed Q104, 105, 107 4805921T02 PNP NPN Q108 4802245J10 NPN Dual Q110 4802245J12 PNP Q201 4802245J15 JFET P-Channel Q202 4805218N55 NP N
RESISTOR, Fixed: ± 5% .0625W unless stated
R7 0662 057A25 100 R16 0662057A59 2.7K R17 0662057A80 20K R18 0662057B05 200K R22, 23 0662057A73 10K R26 Not Placed R27 0662057A01 10 R32, 33 0662057A59 2.7K R34, 35 0662057A89 47K R36 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed R40 0662057A41 470 R41 0662057A09 22 R42 0662057A41 470 R43 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed R44 0662057A45 680 R45 0662057A90 51K R46 0662057A89 47K R47 0662057A09 22 R48 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed R49 0662057A77 15K R50 0662057A53 1.5K R51 0662057A51 1.2K R52 0662057A25 100 R53 0662057A73 10K R102 0662057A65 4.7K R106 0662057A61 3.3K R107 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed R110 0662057A65 4.7K R111 0662057A49 1K R113 0662057A85 33K R114 0662057A77 15K R115 0660078L28 180K ± 1%; 0.125W R116 0662057G19 13 0K ± 1%; 0.1W R119 0662057B22 1M EG R126 0662057A18 51 R127 0662057A12 30 R128 0662057A89 47K
R129 0662057A65 4.7K R130 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed R139 0662057A97 100K R199 0662057B47 0 , used in place of S101 on
NUE7267B and NUE7275B
or- - - - - - - - - Not used, replaced with S101 on
NUE7268B and NUE7273B R203 0662057A01 10 R204 0662057A73 10K R205 0662057A77 15K R206 0662057A73 10K R207 0662057A93 68K R208 0662057A58 2.4K R209 0662057A41 470 R210 0662057A37 330 R211 0662057A29 150 R212 0662057A46 750 R213 0662057A41 470 R214 0662057A87 39K R215 0662057A88 43K R217 0662057A77 15K R218 0662057A97 100K R219 0662057B47 0 ± . 050 R220 0662057A56 2000 R221 0662057A51 1200 R222 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed R223 0662057A89 47K
THERMISTOR:
RT101 0605621T02 50K
SWITCH: S101 4005831W01 RF used on
NUE7268B and NUE7273B
or- - - - - - - - - Not used, replaced with R199 on
NUE7267B and NUE7275B
TRANSFORMER:
T1 2 505515V08 Balun; 4:1 T2 2 505515V11 Balun; 16:1
MODULE: See Note 1
U1 5105457W50 RF AMP U2 5105457W52 Mixer U3 5186296A02 IF U101 5105835U52 TX ALC U102 5105835U51 D/A U103 5160880B02 5V Regulator U104 5102001J68 Coupler U105 5105385Y11 P ower Amplifier, 4W, LDMOS U201 5102227J37 VCO Buffer U202 5105469E65 5V Regulator U203 5105385Y42 Ref. 0scillator, 16.8 MHz Sine Wave U204 5105457W81 Synthesizer
MECHANICAL PARTS
ME1 2602657J01 SHIELD, VCO ME2 2602658J01 SHIELD, Ref. Oscillator ME3 2602659J01 SHIELD, IF ME4 2602660J03 SHIELD, Varactor Filter ME5 2602832X01 SHIEL D, IF Back ME6 2602674J03 SHIELD, VCO Back ME7 2602675J01 SHIELD, Synthesizer Back ME8 2602686J01 SHIELD, Coil
Electrical Parts List, UHF Transceivers (450–520MHz) NUE7267B, NUE7268B, NUE/PMUE7273B, NUE7275B
Page 94
72
U101
TX ALC IC
U1
RF AMPLIFIER
U102
D/A IC
P.A. U105 85Y11
COUPLER
U104
0Vdc (RX)
6.5Vdc (TX)
0Vdc (RX)
2.8Vdc (TX)
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
OF THE RF MILLIVOLTMETER & A RF LEVEL OF -20 DBM INTO J401.
2. RX RF VOLTAGES IN DBM ARE MEASURED WITH 1.5PF IN SERIES WITH 50 OHM ADAPTER
1. UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED RX DC VOLTAGES ARE MEASURED WITHOUT RF INTO J401.
NOTES:
0Vdc (TX)
4.9Vdc (RX)
0Vdc (RX)
3.9Vdc (TX)
VR (RX)
520MHz
0Vdc, 520MHz
0.55Vdc 450MHz
FREQ
-28dBm
6. MEASUREMENTS MADE BELOW CROSSOVER FREQUENCY.
5. MEASUREMENTS MADE ABOVE CROSSOVER FREQUENCY.
P402
NC
4. THESE LEVELS MEASURED BY REMOVING R52.
3. VOLTAGES IN mV ARE MEASURED WITH A X10 SCOPE PROBE.
2
1
NC
BUFFER
MIXER
NC
RF
5V REG
NC
5Vdc
NC
0.1Vdc (TX)
0Vdc (RX)
4.9Vdc (TX)
0Vdc (RX)
5Vdc (TX)
0Vdc (RX)
2.45Vdc (TX)
0Vdc (RX)
5Vdc (TX)
-50dBm
(NOTE 4)
3.6Vdc, 520MHz
3.5Vdc, 512MHz
-18dBm
-46dBm
1.5Vdc (TX)
P401
4.9Vdc (RX)
3.3Vdc (TX)
*
*
5Vdc (TX)
0Vdc (RX)
1Vdc
0.4Vdc (RX)
(NOTE 4)-31dBm
4Vdc
NC
2.2Vdc (TX)
7.4Vdc (RX)
-34dBm
ANTENNA
EXT. ANT.
CONNECTOR
7.5Vdc (RX)
6.8Vdc (TX)
TO UNIVERSAL
7. * = NOT PLACED
3.2Vdc, 450MHz
2.4Vdc0.6Vdc
3.50Vdc
3.16Vdc
1.14Vdc
512MHz
450MHz
-32dBm
7.4Vdc (RX)
6.5Vdc (TX)
5.8Vdc (TX)
NC
4.9Vdc (RX)
CR109
6.7Vdc (RX)
0.5Vdc
-22dBm (RX)
*
0Vdc (TX)
0.1Vdc (TX)
NC
NC
CR108
10
R27
22uF
C13
C105 100pF
GND
J401
.022uF100pF
C101
C153
100pF
C104
B4
PA_OUT
RECV_5V
E4
A3
RE_DET
D2
RX_1
D5
TEMP_SENSE
D1
TX12
5V_TX
C4
A2
ANODE_1
C2
ANODE_2
B1
ANT_SW_BS
D4
BIAS_EN
C1
BIAS_RT
D3
BPOS
B2
CATH_1
C5
DA_REF
B3
GND
E2
ICATH_2
A4
INT_CAP_IN
C3
INT_CAP_OUT
E3
PA_BIAS
B5
PA_CNTL
470nH
L16
30pF
C16
0.1uF
C17C12
100pF
10uF
C85C83
100pF
20pF
C98
R7 100
1
2
5
3
4
Q110
352
1
4
Q107
LOIN
8
RF1
7
RF2
Q108
GND5GND16GND29GND310GND413GND5
11
IFN
IFP
12
14
U2
2
BBP
4
BDIV
BVDD
3
1
L9
27nH
L8 470nH
100pF
C86
C108
L103
L34
L102
4.22nH
C102
C132
1.8pF
C133
R111
8.2pF
4.7K
1K
R110
R128
47K
CR103
1
3
2
CR11
CR101
1
3
2
1uF
C156
.01uF
220nH
L123
C11
L30
100pF
C72
L122
4.22nH
270nH
100pF
C145
100pF
C155
R52 100
R102
R116 130K
C151
4.7K
G1
4.3pF
1MEG
R119
C141
C87
100pF
C140
100pF
L121
4700pF
E101 57R01
270nH
270nH
L105
C82
1
2
3
5
4
.01uF
100pF
T1
G2
C114
R199
0
11.03nH
L32
4.3pF
C1
6.2pF
C2
L126L128
11.03nH
L127
11.03nH
C147 100pF
11.03nH
100pF
C135
10K
R22
180nH
L7
C126
3.3uF
1uF
L35
4.22nH
C128
CR8
CR9
51
R12630R127
C123
0.1uF
R113 33K
C157
0.1uF
.047uF
C115
C154
100pF
R23
L12
10K
11.03nH
L11
27.42nH
11pF
C7
12pF
13pF
C150
C18
C149
12nH
L10
9.1pF
100pF
C111 100pF
C113
50K RT101
C127
R107
C139
150nH
150nH
L107
L108
C138 100pF
100pF
C137
L15
11.03nH
4
8.2pF
C90
T2
1
2
3
5
1
2
5
3
4
C103
10uF
Q105
100K
R139
D
CLK
CLK
ABP4AG2
5
GND11GND23GND3
8
IN2OUT
7
Vcc
6
4.22nH
L31
CR7
C121
CR6
L101
100pF
56pF
270nH
C9
C10
6.8pF
B+
39nH
L6
R115 180K
4.7K
R129
3.3K
R106
C94 12pF
R114
5V_REG
NC
NC
NC
15K
DAC D
B+
5V_REG
5V_REG
4.3pF
C89C88
56pF
19.61nH
L13
C119 100pF
C117 100pF
C109
Q101
SC2
C1
SC3
C2
SC4
B1
SEL
C3
SW1
E3
SW2
D1
SW_CE2TX_DA
C4
3
B_POS
1
RFIN
4
RFOUT
2
VCNTRL
A3
5V
CLK
B2
DATA
A2
EN_ANT
B4
EN_BIAS
A4
GND1D3GND2
E4
NC
B5
REF_DA
D4
RESET
B3
C5
RX_DA
R_T
D5
SC1
D2
100pF
E104
.01uFC15
C31
R26
R36
C120
IN
1
OUT
C110
U103
GND
2
3
4.3pF
C3
C99
5.6pF
5.1pF
1
10
34
6
78 9
5
RF_IN
2
RF_OUT
B+
C93
C118
0.1uF
.01uF
C84
1pF
C148
GND2
GND3
9
C116
1
2
3
4
8
5
GND6GND1
7
SWITCH
S101
6.8pF
5.1pF
C6
100pF
C5
5.6pF
C4
TP10
1
SB+
B+
DAC
C19
R130
C107
1
2
5
3
4
C106
Q104
L37
4.7uF
15nH
SB+
C91 15pF
C92
1.8pF
TX_LO
L14
11.03nH
AGC
IF
RX_LO
DAC
CLK
DATA
SB+
B+
5V_REG
LCK
63B81097C04-O
Sheet 1 of 2
TO UNIVERSAL CONNECTOR EXTERNAL ANTENNA
NUE7267B, NUE7268B, NUE/PMUE7273B, AND NUE7275B UHF (450-520MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 95
73
ZIF
U3
SYNTHESIZER
U204
U201
VCO BUFFER
16.8 MHz
REF OSC
U203
DISC
NC
SW_B+
*
3.4Vdc
REF_OSC_SEL
DAC_SEL
0V OR 5Vdc UNLOCK
3.8Vdc
-23dBm
1200mVpp
1.2Vdc
1.7Vdc
2.5Vdc
1.9Vdc (TX)
-7.6 Vdc(Rx) (Note 6)
Else 0 Vdc (Note 7)
-7.8 Vdc(Tx) (Note 6)
NC
73.35MHz
2.5Vdc
2.3Vdc
CLOCK
SQ_OUT
NC
LOCK=5V
-18dBm
4.5Vdc
-8dBm
2.2Vdc (RX)
0.1Vdc (TX)
1.4Vdc
2.5Vdc
2.3Vdc
DEVIATION
0.1Vdc (RX)
5Vdc
7.5Vdc
NC
NC
2.1/2.4_MHZ
NC
*
NC
NC
NC
1.6Vdc
280mVpp/kHz
4.6Vdc
2.25Vdc (TX)
DURING
PROGRAMING
NCNC
4.6Vdc (NOTE 5)
(shield in place)
using 10 pF
GND
GND
1.6Vdc
PINS 31-38 = 2.5Vdc
2.0Vdc
-36dBm (RX) (NOTE 5)
1.4Vdc
-44dBm (NOTE 5)
2.5Vdc
2.0Vdc typical
2.8Vdc
-53dBm (NOTE 5)
3.4Vdc
2.9Vdc (RX) (NOTE 3)
2Vdc(RX)
16.8MHz
4Vpp
2.8Vdc
*
VCO_MOD
SYN_SEL
4.3Vdc (TX)
DATA
*
1 Vpp
IS_B+
1.0A
RAW_B+
GND
(NOTE5)
*
*
NC
9 nH
LOCK_DET
RSSI
9.2(TX)Vdc @ 520MHz
7.7(RX)Vdc @ 520MHz
7.4(TX)Vdc @ 512MHz
UNLOCK=0V
-9dBm
5V REG
4.9(RX)Vdc @ 450MHz
5V
NC
NC
NC
GND
*
3Vdc (TX)
0Vdc (RX)
NC
-12dBm(TX)
NC
1.7Vdc (RX) 1.6Vdc (TX)
6.1(RX)Vdc @ 512MHz
2K23
K3
NC
*
2.6Vdc
*
0V
5V
5.2(TX)Vdc @ 450MHz
TP5 VCTRL
5Vpp (N0te 6)
0Vdc (Rx, Tx) (Note 7)
GND
GND
Else 4.4 Vdc (Note 6)
1.6 Vdc-23 dBm
TO P301
IF_SEL
RAW B+
1kHz
*
13Vdc
0.7Vdc (RX)
3.3Vdc
CR205
A1
65A24
A3
1
K1
C214
C238 100pF
3pF
CR209
C282
41 3
GND_PREAMP
14
LO_IN
4
PEAMP_5V
5
PEAMP_OUT
2
PREAMPIN
24
RAMPCAP
10
RSSI_FLT
9
RSSI_OUT
29SQ25
VIBYPASS
18
Vc
12
Vpp
0.1uF
C2POS
33
C3NEG
34
C3POS
31
C4NEG
32
C4POS
21
CE
20
CLK
19
DATA
28
DISC
7
DM_BYP
6
DM_IN
1
GND18GND215GND316GND4
GND526GND6
J301-9
27
+2.5V1
30
+2.5V2
11
+5V1
13
+5V2
17
+5V3
23
+5V4
22
16.8MHz
2.5V
40
AGC
37
C1NEG
38
C1POS
35
C2NEG
36
D
S
CLK
Q201
100pF
C227
CR207 CR208
C230
L216 15nH
L20
470nH
C294
100pF
L221
D
L222
390nH
2.2uH
270nH
0.22uF
39
L202
6
A2
5
A3
4
K1
1
K2
2
K3
3
C46
CR203
CR204
A1
15K
R217
R43
0.1uF
C275
R214
43K
C246 .022uF
0.1uF
C60
J301-5
L211
J301-4
J301-7
.01uF
C267
L207 150nH
J301-6
1pF
18nH
C292
3300pF
L219
C216
C96
.01uF
R1=47K
Q5
200K
R18
C253 10uF
3300pF
C309
.022uF
C287
6
WARP
16
XTAL1
14
XTAL2
15
100pF
C289
41
MODIN
5
MODOUT
30
PREIN
21
PVREF
24
R_GND143R_GND2
44
SBASE
18
SIN
20
SOUT
19
TST1
26
TST2
27
VCP
36
VMULT1
9
VMULT2
8
VMULT3
7
VMULT4
29
CPBIAS2
28
DATA
2
11
DC5V1
DC5V2
2325
DC5V3
DC5V4
42
EN
31
EN_CE
4
FREFOUT
10
GND11GND213GND322GND4
33
IADAPT
34
IOUT
32
LOCK
ADAPTTSW
35
AD_BYPASS
12
AUX1
37
AUX2
38
AUX3
39
AUX4
40
CAP
17
CLK
3
CPBIAS1
C260 .047uF
33nH
C202 C201 1pF
L224
C315
15
100pF
C279 100pF
C274
J301-17
C222
4.3pF
R205
C210
15K
10K
.022uF
10K
R204
R206
4.7uF
C254
3.3uF
C125
0.1uF
C255
3.3pF
C63
0.1uF
C219
0.33uF
C49
C57 43pF
.01uF
C239
C257
C243
6.8pF
C226
6.8pF
C203
1.5pF
9.1pF
C205
1pF
C225
2.7K
R223 47K
R33
100K
R218
0.1uF
C51
C308 100pF
16.8MHz
2.1MHz
14.5nH
L210
C50
.01uF
0.47uF
C247
J301-8
C314
J301-16
J301-18
C217 100pF
C303 .022uF
J301-1
J301-20
C304 100pF
R50
1.5K
.01uF
100pF
C307
L22
C256
470nH
J301-3
4.5pF
C223
IN
1
43K
R215
FL1
FREQ=73.35MHz
2
GND4GND1
3
OUT
C244 .022uF
10uF
C231
C240
4.5pF
C43
0.22uF
1.8pF
C42
0.22uF
680
C39
R44
15K
C284
0.22uF
R49
C310 100pF
C47
0.1uF
4.7uF
C258 5V_REG SB+
J301-10
J301-15
J301-13
J301-11
J301-14
390nH
L215
GND13GND11NC
8
PS
16
RBY
15
RX_OUT
2
S1
7
S2
14
SV1
6
TRB
5
TX_OUT
4
VC
10
VCC
3
C280
0.1uF
B2
11
C
9
E2
12
R210
10K R53
330
R220
2K
J301-12
R32
2.7K
C270
L223 390nH
1000pF
NC44NC55NC66NC7
NC816NC9
17
S1
25
SCK
22
SO
21
SS
24
VDD
13
VDD2
14
VOPT
12
VREG
11
DE
9
DET
8
FOUT
10
GND
26
NC1
1
NC1018NC11
19
NC1220NC13
27
NC14
28
NC15
29
NC16
30
NC17
31
NC18
32
NC2
2
NC3
3
R48
LCK
CLK
CE
23
CEXT
7
C35
R209
390nH
L208
470
C313
R17 20K
D
R34 47K
C271
4.7uF
C204 100pF
LCK
C208 100pF
27nH
L220
C41
0.1uF
C95
8.2pF
C58
2.2pF
1000pF
C245
4.3pF
C236
100pF
C306
C311 3300pF
.01uF
C288
Q4
1
32
F1
32V
1A
100pF
C211
CR201
5.1pF
C235
R45
51K
C221 .01uF
4700pF
R219
0
C65
5V_REG
560nH
L23
.01uF
L25
2.2uH
C59
68K
R207
C38
C56 43pF
C36
10pF
R211
5.1pF
470
R42
R41 22
470
R40
DAC
L36 150nH
10
R203
D
2.1MHz
C233
C228
100pF
3.3pF
C237
100pF
TP5
1
C250
1000pF
750
470
R212
R211
R213
SYN
D
150
C54 39pF
L24 180nH
L209
390nH
L301
CR202
390nH
390nH
C305
L302
47K
100pF
22
SYN
R46
R47
8
INPUT
5
1
7
OUTPUT
2
SENSE3SHUTDOWN
Q202
U202
5V_TAP
6
ERROR FEEDBACK
4
GND
.01uF
BATT+
1
BATT-
2
NC
3
0.1uF
C209
R35
C64
18nH
L205
47K
L201 18nH
390nH
L218
L213
390nH
L204 390nH
L212
2200pF
C206
18nH
C40
100pF
J301-2
J301-19
2.4K
R208
C53
R16
2.7K
1.2K
R51
0.15uF
430pF
0.22uF
C48
0.22uF
C44
C61
0.1uF
C45
1.2K
R221
C220
6.2pF
5V_REG
33pF
B+
CLK
.018uF
C55
1
2
3
C52
C266
CR12
CR206
.01uF
100pF
C290
Q1
1
3
2
CR5
RX_LO
IF
AGC
TX_LO
63B81097C04-O
Sheet 2 of 2
NUE7267B, NUE7268B, NUE/PMUE7273B, AND NUE7275B UHF (450-520MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 96
74
CHECK
ONE O.K. AS IS O.K. AS MARKED
( ) ( )
ISS.
REVISION
RLSE.
CORRECTED AS MARKED
ILLUSTRATOR DATEENGINEERDATE PROGRAM DISK
MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS DEPT.
RLSE.
DWG. NO.
LETTERING SIZE: REQUIRES:
EDITOR DATECHECKERDATE
Illustrator
Jedi 800/900 RF 8405108X38.J
JP 12/19/97
O
JWB
MAEPF-26305-O
MAEPF-26305
MAEPF-26304-O
NUF6410B/C, NUF6498B/C, NUF6500B/C AND NUF6501C (800MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’ PARTS LIST AND COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAMS
Page 97
75
REFERENCE
SYMBOL
MOTOROLA
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
3Pack.xls (Sheet 2)
CAPACITOR, Fixed: pF ± 5%; 50V unless stated
C1 2311049J23 10uF C2 2113932K15 0.1uF C3 2113931F37 3300 C4 2113930F29 12 C5 2113931F37 3300 C6 2113930F43 47 C7 2113930F22 6.2 C8 2113930F39 33 C9 2113932K15 0.1uF C10 2113930F11 2.2 C11 2113930F51 100 C12 2113930F15 3.3 C13 2311049J23 10uF C15 2113932E07 0.022uF C16 2113930F24 7.5 C19 2113930F41 39 C31 2113932E07 0.022uF C34 2113932K15 0.1uF C35 2113930F43 47 C36 2113930F13 2.7 C37 2113932E07 0.022uF C38 2113930F17 3.9 C40 2113930F51 100 C41 2113743A19 0.1uF C42 thru 45 2113743A23 0.22uF C46 2113932K15 0.1uF C47 2109720D14 0.1uF C48 2113740A70 430 C49 2311049A04 0.33uF C52 2113741A51 18nF C53 2311049A02 0.15uF C54, 55 2 113930F41 39 C56, 57 2 113930F42 43 C58 2113930F11 2.2 C60 2113932K15 0.1uF C61 2113930F51 100 C62 2113932K15 0.1uF C65 2113932K15 0.1uF C72 2113930F41 39 C82 2113932E07 0.022uF C83 2113930F41 39 C84 2113932E07 0.022uF C85 2311049J23 10uF C87 2113932K15 0.1uF C88 2113930F20 5.1 C89 2113932E07 0.022uF C90 2113930F41 39 C91 2311049J23 10uF C92 2113932E07 0.022uF C95 2113930F25 8.2 C96 2113932K15 0.1uF C98 2113931F13 330 C101, 102 2113930F39 33 C103 2311049A07 1 uF C104, 105 2113932E07 0.022uF C106 - - - - - - - - - Not Pl aced C107, 108 2113930F39 33 C109 - - - - - - - - - Not Pl aced C110, 111 2113930F39 33 C113 2113930F39 33 C114 2113932K15 0.1uF C115 2113743K16 0.22uF C116 2113932K15 0.1uF C117, 118 2113930F39 33 C119 2113932E07 0.022uF C120 2113932K15 0.1uF C121 2113930F34 20 C122, 123 2113930F39 33 C125 2113932K15 0.1uF C126 2113932E07 0.022uF C132 2113932E07 0.022uF C133 2311049J23 10uF C135 2113930F39 33 C137 2113930F39 33 C138 2113930F34 20 C140 2113932E07 0.022uF C141 2113930F27 10 C149, C150 211393 0F12 2.4 C151 2113930F34 20 C152 2113930F39 33 C153 2113930F12 2.4 C201 2113930F19 4.7
C202 2113930F34 20 C204 2113930F39 33 C205 2113930F14 3 C209 2113932E07 0.022uF C211 2113930F14 3 C214 2113932E07 0.022uF C219 2113932E07 0.022uF C225 2113930F39 33 C227, 228 2113930F39 33 C230, 231 2113930F39 33 C233 2113932E07 0.022uF C236 2113932E07 0.022uF C237 thru 241 2109720D14 0 .1uF C244 2113741F18 510 C245, 246 2113932E07 0.022uF C247 2105248W02 1200 C250 2113932K15 0.1uF C251 2113930F39 33 C253, 254 2311049J23 10uF C255 2113932E07 0.022uF C256 thru 258 2113932K15 0.1uF C260 2113932K07 0.047uF C266, 267 2113931F37 3300 C270 2311049J12 4.7uF C271 2311049J23 10uF C274 - - - - - - - - - Not Pl aced C275 2113743A13 0.047uF C279 2113932K15 0.1uF C280 2113932E07 0.022uF C284 2113932E07 0.022uF C289 2113930F42 43 C294 2113930F39 33 C301 2113932E07 0.022uF C302 2113930F39 33 C303 2113931F37 3300 C304 thru 308 2113930F39 33 C309 2113931F37 3300 C310 2113930F39 33 C311 2113931F37 3300 C312 thru 314 2113930F39 33
DIODE: See Note 1
CR4 4805218N57 Du al CR5 4862824C01 Varactor CR101 4805218N57 D ual CR103 4805218N57 D ual CR107 thru 109 4805129M 96 PIN CR204 4802233J09 Triple F1 6505757V01 FUSE SURFACE MT
FILTER:
FL1 4802655J 03 73.35MHz, See Note 2
CONNECTOR:
G2 thru 5 3905643V01 Contact, Ground
JACK:
J301 0905461X03 Connector, 20 contacts; t o P301
Strip Connector
J401 3905264W01 Contac t, Antenna
COIL, RF:
L8 2462587V37 180 nH L9 2462587Q40 270 nH L20 2405452C58 820 nH L22 2405452C64 1500 nH L23 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed L24 2462587V37 180 nH L36 2462587V37 180 nH L105 2462587V28 33 nH L108 2462587V37 180 nH L126 2462587V37 180 nH L127 2405430Y01 6.5 nH L204 2462587V24 15 nH L209 2462587Q59 10uH
PLUG:
P404 3905861X 02 Co nnector, Battery
TRANSISTOR: See Note 1
Q1 4 805218N63 NPN Q2 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed Q4 4 805218N63 NPN Q5 4 880048M04 PNP Q101 4805128M27 PNP Q108 4805921T06 Dual PNP Q110 4805218N45 PNP
RESISTOR, Fixed: ± 0.0625W unless stated
R1 0662057A50 1.1k R3 0662057A25 100 R4 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed R5 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed R6 0662057B22 1.0 meg R7 0662057A25 100 R16 0662057A59 2.7k R17 0662057A80 20k R21 0662057A73 10k R22 0662057A85 33k R23 0662057A53 1.5k R25 0662057B05 200k R27 0662057A01 10 R28 0662057A73 10k R32, 33 0662057A59 2.7k R34, 35 0662057A89 47k R36 0662057A42 510 R37 0662057B47 0 R101 0662057A61 3.3k R102 0662057A67 5.6k R103 0662057A49 1.0k R104 0662057B47 0 R105 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed R110, 111 0662057A73 10k R113 0662057A73 10k R114 0662057A81 22k R120 0662057A56 2.0k R128 0662057A90 51k R129 0662057C75 1.0k R199 - - - - - - - - - Not Placed R201 0662057B47 0 R211 0662057A18 51 R212 0662057A49 1.0k R213 0662057A56 2.0k R214 0662057A87 39k R215 0662057A90 51k R220 0662057A77 15k R221, 222 0662057A49 1.0k
THERMISTOR:
RT101 0605621T02 50k
SWITCH:
S101 4005831W01 RF
TRANSFORMER:
T1 2505515V04 Balun; 5:1 T2 2505515V07 Balun; 25:1
MODULE: See Note 1
U1 5105457W51 RF Amp U2 5105457W52 Mixer U3 5186296A02 ZIF U4, 5 5105279V15 3-Pole Filter U101 5105835U52 TX ALC U102 5105835U51 DAC U104 5105279V26 coupler U105 5105385Y83 RF PA U201 5105662U76 VCO/Buffer U202 5105469E65 5V Regulator U203 5105385Y61 Ref. Osc., 16.8MHz U204 5105457W81 Synthesizer U205 5105385Y53 VCO
DIODE, ZENER: See Note 1
VR101 4813830A33 20 V
MECHANICAL PARTS
SH1 2605258V02 SHIELD, S ynthesizer SH2 2605259V01 SHIELD, Di ode SH3 2605260V01 SHIELD, RF Switch SH4 2605261V01 SHIELD, Z IF SH5 2605263V02 SHIELD, 3 -Pole Filter SH7 2605890U02 SHIELD, VCO SH8 2605418V01 SHIELD, Transfor mer SH9 2605540W01 SHIELD, Loop Filter
Electrical Parts List, Transceivers (800MHz) NUF6410B/C, NUF6498B/C, NUF6500B/C AND NUF6501C
Notes:
1. For optimum performance, order replacement diodes, transistors, and circuit modules by Motorola part num ber only.
2. When ordering crystals, specify ca rrier frequency, crystal fre­quency, crystal type number, and Motoro la part number.
3. “Not Placed” means that components are for future use, and are not placed on the circuit b oard at this time.
Page 98
76
1
2
TO UNIVERSAL
CONNECTOR
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
NC
NC
NC
3-POLE FILTER
5V
5V
5V
7.4 V RX4.3 V TX
COUPLER
NC
0V RX
5V TX 0V RX
0V TX 5V RX
0V RX
.37V TX 7.5V RX
0V TX5V RX
5V TX0V RX
6.6V TX 7.5V RX
.55- .7V
ALC
DAC
3.93V
TX 5V
RF PA
MIXER
BUFFER
3-POLE FILTER
*
*
*
ANTENNA
6-6.8V TX
0V RX
5V TX
RF
AMPLIFIER
RF SWITCH
NOTE:
INDICATES A COMPONENT THAT IS NOT PLACED
NCNC
5V
*
LO
IF
5.1V TX
B+
Tx_RF
LCK
CLK
D
.022uF
C140
C153
C10
2.2pF
D
5VREGDAC_SEL
2.4pF
AGC
5VREG
LCK
B+ CLK
R120
2K
J401
CONTACT
PIN1
1
2
PIN2
G1
L127
6.5nH
R199
180nH
L108
51K
R128
0
GND5GND16GND279GND3
SWITCH
S101
1
2
3
4
8
10K
R113
C15
.022uF
C5
3300pF
100
R3
C135 33pF
L105 33nH
C150
2.4pF
20pF
C151
180nH
C137 33pF
L126
2.4pF
C149
3
1
2
20pF
C138
C141
10pF
CR109
CR108
3
12
5
GND27GND3
GND4
10
R1
4
R2
9
RF_IN
6
RF_OUT
1
U104
3
C1
8
C2
2
GND1
C12
3.3pF
GND68GND9GND
GND10GND
11
1
IN OUT
7
U4
GND
2
12
GND
GND
13
3
GND
GND4GND
5
C16
7.5pF
C72
10K
39pF10uF
C13
R28
L8
180nH
C11 100pF
10
R27
AG2
1
GND3GND8GND
2
RF_IN
7
RF_OUT
6
AVDD
U1
4
ABP
5
39pF
C19
33pF
C8
.022uF
C31
L9 270nH
3
12
47pF
C6
12pF
CR107
C88
C4
11
GND
IN1OUT
7
5.1pF
13
GND
GND
3
GND4GND5GND68GND9GND
GND
10
U5
GND
2
12
GND
6.2pF
C7
.022uF
C89
39pF
C83
100
C85 10uF
C98
330pF
R7
2
354
C91
XFMR
T1
1
39pF
C90
10uF
.022uF
C82
C84
.022uF
.022uF
354
C92
RFP
8
T2
15V07
1
2
GND269GND3
GND410GND5
13
IFN
11
IFP
12
LOIN
14
RFN
7
U2
2
BBP
BDIV
4
3
BVDD
GND
1
GND1
5
R101
3.3K
33pF
R103 1K
C118
R129 1K
C122 33pF
.022uF
C119
C106
C110 33pF
C109
33pF
R105
C123
0.22uF
C115
C113 33pF
R102
5.6K
C111 33pF
50K
RT101
33pF
C108
.022uF
C105
C121 22K
R114
20pF
1uF
Q108
352
1
4
C103
0
10uF
C133
C132
.022uF
R104
C104 .022uF
C2
SC3
SC4
B1
C3
SEL
SW1
E3
SW2
D1
SW_C
E2
TX_DA
C4
A3
5V
GND2
E4 B5
NC
REF_DA
D4
RESET
B3
RX_DA
C5
R_T
D5
SC1D2SC2
C1
U102
CLK
B2
A2
DATA
EN_ANT
B4
EN_BIAS
A4
GND1
D3
CR103
1
2
3
CR101
1
2
3
R110 10K
10K
R111
243
C117 33pF
C101
Q110
1
33pF
33pF
C120C102
33pF 0.1uF
Q101
1
2
3
C107
U105
RAWB_POS
4
RFIN
15
RFOUT
SWB_POS32VCONT
RF_DET
A3
TEMP_SENSE
D5
BIAS_RT
C1
ANT_SW_BS
B1
TX 12
D1
INT_CAP_IN
A4
INT_CAP_OUT
C3
RX_1
D2
BIAS_EN
D4
PA_BIAS
E3
PA_CNTL
B5
PA_OUT
B4
RECV_5V
E4
U101
ANODE_1
A2
ANODE_2
C2
D3
BPOS
CATH_1
B2
DA_REF
C5
5V_TX
C4
GND
B3
ICATH_2
E2
63B81097C05-O
Sheet 1 of 2
TO UNIVERSAL CONNECTOR EXTERNAL ANTENNA
NUF6410B/C, NUF6498B/C, NUF6500B/C AND NUF6501C (800MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 99
77
4.7 V
NC
13 V
2.5Vdc
NC
NC
5V
0V RX
NC
0V
5V
*
16.8 MHz
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
RAW B+
RAW B+
J301
5V TX
NC
4.7 V
OTHERWISE LOCK
VCO
REF OSC
5V REG
SYNTHESIZER
FRACTN IC
IF IC
NC
0V
2.4 RX
RSSI
SQ OUT
DATA
DISC
2.1 MHz
CLOCK
SYN
4.6V TX
4.7 V
4.6V
4.6V
0V
5V
4.7 V
2.5 Vdc
TO JUMPER
FLEX P301
U205
VCO MOD
BUFFER
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
MHz
IF SEL
J301
2.8 V
2.4V
2.6V
2.5 Vdc
0.8 V
3.3V 0V OR 5V UNLOCK
LOCK DET
NC
NC
DAC SEL
REF OSC SEL
SYN SEL
VCO MOD
SW B+
16.8
VCO
VCO MOD
2.28V
1.65V
3.65 V
LCK
CLKD
NC
1.55 V
2.5V
2.4V
3.0V
2.4V
2.5Vdc
C241
0.1uF
.022uF
C246
.022uF
C245
2K
R213
1K
R212
C240
00.1uF
C275
.047uF
C239
0.1uF
C237
0.1uF
C238
0.1uF
4.7uF
C270
C116
0.1uF
0.1uF
C114
C266 3300pF
0.1uF
C257
K1
3 2
K2 K3
1
C256
0.1uF
CR204
A1
4
A2
5
A3
6
36
VCP
9
VMULT1
8
VMULT2
7
VMULT3
6
VMULT4
12
A/D_BYPASS
14
XTAL1
15
XTAL2
21
PREIN
24
PVREF
18
SUPFBASE
17
SUPFCAP
SUPFIN
20
19
SUPFOUT
26
TST1
27
TST2
32
IOUT
41
LOCK
5
MODIN
30
MODOUT
16
WARP
EN
31 43
R_GND1
44
R_GND2
42
DC5V4
4
EN_CE
10
FREFOUT
1
GND113GND222GND333GND4
34
IADAPT
40
AUX4
3
CLK
29
CPBIAS1
28
CPBIAS2
2
DATA
11
DC5V123DC5V225DC5V3
U204
35
ADAPTSW
37
AUX1 AUX2
38 39
AUX3
2.7K
R33 C57 43pF
C56 43pF
Q1
1
3
2
.022uF
C209
TRB
4
TX
16
TXBB
VCC
3
15nH
L204
11
GND14NC
PRE
15
13
RBY
2
RX
8
SW1
10
SW2
7 6
FLIP
1
GND5GND12GND
9
IN
C294 33pF
U201
10uF
C271
C227
C34
0.1uF
33pF
10K
R21
33K
R22
1.5K
R23
VOPT
11
VREG
Q4
1
32
15
NC8
16
NC9
22
SCK
25
SI
21
SO
24
SS
VDD
13
12
31
NC17
NC18
32
2
NC2
3
NC3
4
NC4 NC5
5 6
NC6
14
VDD2
1
NC1
17
NC10
18
NC11
19
NC12
20
NC13
NC14
28
29
NC15
30
NC16
7
CEXT
27
DCWARP
9DE8
DET
EN_CE
23
10
FOUT
VSSD/VSSA 26
U203
33pF
10uF
C253
C251
0.1uF
C279
C250
0.1uF
C214
1K
R221
2.7pF
.022uF
2
GND4GND1
3
OUT1IN
C36
C38
FREQ=73.35MHz
FL1
1.5uH
L22
3.9pF
C37
.022uF
51K
R214
39K
R215
10uH
510pF
C24
L209
0.1uF
C9
0.1uF
C60
C87
R32
0.1uF
R34 47K
2.7K
C65
0.1uF
10uF
C125
C1
FEEDBACK
7
GND
4
INPUT8OUTPUT
1
SENSE
2
SHUTDOWN
3
0.1uF
VCO 5V
VI BYPASS
25
U202
5V_TAP
6
5
ERROR
RAMP CAP
22
REF CLK
RSSI FLT
10
9
RSSI OUT
28
SUM DEMOD
VAG
30
VAG1
39
VCC 2_5V
27
12
GND DP2
GND PREAMP
3
HF DEMOD
29
IOUT
18
OFFSET LOOP 5V
23
PREAMPOUT
5
2
4
PREAMP 5V
PREAMP IN
24
DM BYP
DM IN
6
EMIT
13
GND
1
16
GND DIEPAD3
GND DIEPAD4
26
GND DIEPAD5
41
GND DP1
8
15
C3POS
C4NEG
31
C4POS
32
CEX
21
CHARGE PUMP 5V
11
CLK
20
COL17DATA
19
7
AGC
40
14
BASE
37
C1 NEG
38
C1 POS
C2NEG
35
C2 POS
36
33
C3NEG
34
U3
39pF
CR5
39pF
C55
C54
L24
47K
R35
180nH
5
7
3
17
C284 .022uF
C274
1K
R222
.047uF
C260
C201
4.7pF
R201 0
3pF
C205
33pF
C204
C202 20pF
0.1uF C61
100pF
C2
510
L23
1.5uH
R36
C301
C35 47pF
.022uF
.022uF
C255
C280
820nH
L20
.022uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
C96
C314
C62
C48 430pF
33pF
0.22uF
C43
C42
0.22uF
0.22uF
C44
0.22uF
C45
C46
0.1uF
C305 33pF
0
R37
C306 33pF
12
11
13
10
C41
0.1uF
6
100pF
3300pF
C40
1
2
3
C3
CR4
1.1K
R1
4
C302 33pF
20
1
9
8
C126
.022uF
20 V
VR101
2
3
1
33pF
C309 3300pF
C152
33pF
C304
C308 33pF
33pF
C310
C289 43pF
C312
33pF
0.15uF
C53
200K
R25
C52
.018uF
R17 20K
D
R1= 47K
1
3
2
2.2pF
C58
2.1MHz
LCK
B+
CLK
LO
0.1uF
C47
3pF
C211
0.33uF
C49
R220
15K
C233 .022uF
C231 33pF
38
SW2
C254 10uF
56
GND5057GND51
6
GND67GND78GND8
GND9
9
RFOUT
10
11
SW1
49
GND4350GND4451GND4552GND4653GND4754GND48
GND49
55
5
GND5
40
GND3641GND3742GND3843GND39
4
GND4
45
GND4046GND4147GND42
32
GND2
9
3
GND3
33
GND3
0
34
GND3
1
35
GND3
2
36
GND3337GND3439GND35
24
GND2
1
25
GND22
26
GND2
3
27
GND2
4
28
GND2
5
29
GND2
6
30
GND2
7
31
GND28
17
GND1418GND1519GND16
20
GND1
7
21
GND1
8
22
GND1
9
2
GND2
23
GND2
0
48
BPOS
14
CNTRL144CNTRL21GND112GND1013GND1115GND1216GND13
L36
2.1MHz
DAC_SEL
F1
32V
1A
TP201
1
180nH
16
19
18
3300pF
C303
1200pF
C247
C225
33pF 33pF
C230
C311 3300pF
0.1uF
C258
R16
2.7K
33pF
15
BATT+
BATT-
NC
C313
33pF
C228
3300pF
C267
14
.022uF
C236
.022uF
AGC
5VREG 5VREG 5VREG
C219
33pF
C307
5VREG
8.2pF
51
R211
C95
IF
D
CLK
Tx_RF
B+ B+
LCK
63B81097C05-O
Sheet 2 of 2
RF AMP
DOWN
MIXERS
RSS
90 DEG
PHASE SHIFT
DFM
SECOND
LOCAL
OSCILLATOR
SYNTH
BASEBAND
FILTERS
UP CONVERSION
MIXERS
OMPAC ZIF
TP401
BANDPASS
FILTERS
LIM
DEMOD
MAIN LOOP
OFFSET
LOOP
SERIAL
DATA PORT
NUF6410B/C, NUF6498B/C, NUF6500B/C AND NUF6501C (800MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARDS’ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 100
78
VIEWED FROM SIDE 2
CHECK
ONE O.K. AS IS O.K. AS MARKED
( )
( )
ISS.
REVISION
RLSE.
CORRECTED AS MARKED
ILLUSTRATOR DATEENGINEERDATE PROGRAM DISK
MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS DEPT.
RLSE.
DWG. NO.
EDITOR DATECHECKERDATE
Illustrator
Jedi 800/900 RF 8405108X41.M
JP
MAEPF-27152
MAEPF-27152-O
2/7/01
O
AM
800MHz: NUF6500D, NUF6533A 900MHz: NUF6499D
VIEWED FROM SIDE 1
ISS
.
REVISION
RLSE
.
RLSE
.
MAEPF-27151-O
O
800MHz: NUF6500D, NUF6533A 900MHz: NUF6499D
NUF/PMUF6500D, NUF/PMUF6533A AND NUF/PMUF6410D (800MHz) TRANSCEIVER BOARD PARTS LIST AND COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAMS
Loading...